2009 hyundai accent owners manual

F1

All information in the Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time as part of ourpolicy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions and expla-nations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may findmaterial in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.

OWNER'S MANUAL

A030A01A-AAT

OperationMaintenanceSpecifications

F2

A080A01S-AAT

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possiblefor an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronicsystems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instruc-tions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you chooseto install one of these devices.

!A070A01A-AAT

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect theperformance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limitedwarranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulationsestablished by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.

F3

!

A090A01A-AAT

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTE.These titles indicate the following:

WARNING:This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or other personsif the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

CAUTION:This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if the cautionis not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

NOTE:This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

!

F4

A110A01A-AAT

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

Your Hyundai vehicle is equipped with many high technology, electronically controlled systemsthat help to ensure your vehicle operates properly and provides the performance that youexpect. These systems utilize computers to monitor the operation of various systems andcomponents and help to control their operation. These computerized system operations arewide-ranging and involve components to reduce emissions, to continuously evaluate thereadiness of the airbag and seat belt pretensioner systems, to determine when the airbag andseat belt pre-tensioner systems should be deployed and then to activate the deployment, andif equipped, to operate anti-lock braking, traction control and electronic stability control to assistthe driver to control the vehicle in difficult driving situations. These systems electronically storeinformation that is useful to service technicians when they need to diagnose and repair thesesystems. Additional information is stored only when a crash occurs that results in thedeployment of the airbags or seat belt pre-tensioners. This type of data storage is done bydevices called event data recorders(EDR).

After a crash event, the airbag and seat belt pre-tensioner computer system, known as theSupplemental Restraint System Control Module (SRSCM) or Airbag Control Unit (ACU), mayrecord some information about the condition of the vehicle and how it was being operated. Thisinformation consists of data related to seat belt usage and if there was diagnostic informationin the airbag or seat belt systems at the time that a crash occurred, and if the ACU sensed thata crash of sufficient severity occurred to require seat belt pre-tensioner or airbag deployment.

To retrieve this information, special equipment is needed and access to the vehicle or the devicethat stores the data is required. Hyundai will not access information about a crash event or shareit with others except:

o in response to an official request of police or similar government office, oro with the consent of the vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased, with the consent of the lessee,

oro as part of Hyundai’s defense of litigation, oro as required by law.

F5

A040A01A-AAT

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminatingpeople who drive a Hyundai. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai webuild is something of which we're very proud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggestedthat you read it carefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction youreceive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by anauthorized Hyundai dealer. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance andany other assistance that may be required.

A050A05A-AAT

HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA

Note: Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai,please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

CAUTION:Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants thatdo not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meetthe specifications listed on Page 9-4 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual andwhich also appear in the Service Station Information on the back cover of the Owner's Manual.

Copyright 2008 Hyundai Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced,stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permissionof Hyundai Motor America.

!

F6

A100A03A-AAT

Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are the sameparts used by Hyundai Motor Companyto manufacture vehicles. They are de-signed and tested for the optimum safety,performance, and reliability to our cus-tomers.

2. Why should you use genuine parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are engineeredand built to meet rigid manufacturingrequirements. Using imitation, counter-feit or used salvage parts is not coveredunder the Hyundai New Vehicle Lim-ited Warranty or any other Hyundaiwarranty. In addition, any damage to or

failure of Genuine Hyundai Parts causedby the installation or failure of an imita-tion, counterfeit or used salvage part isnot covered by any Hyundai Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are purchasingHyundai Genuine Parts?

Look for the Hyundai Genuine PartsLogo on the package (see below).

Hyundai Genuine Parts exported to theUnited States are packaged with labelswritten only in English.

Hyundai Genuine Parts are only soldthrough authorized HyundaiDealerships.

" To find the closest authorized dealercall 1-800-826-CARS "

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L

F7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 5

1

2

3

4

6

7

8

9

10

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

CORROSION PREVENTION & APPEARANCE CARE

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS &BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX

F8

B250A02MC-AAT

OMC019001N-1

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

F9

1. Hood Release Lever ................................................... 1-93 2. Front Fog Light Switch (If Installed) ............................ 1-82 3. Panel Brightness Control Knob (Rheostat Switch) .... 1-80 4. Instrument Cluster ....................................................... 1-60 5. Multi-Function Light Switch ......................................... 1-76 6. Cruise Control (If Installed) ....................................... 1-101 7. Horn and Driver's Front Airbag ........................ 1-101, 1-42 8. Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch .............................. 1-78 9. Hazard Warning Light Switch ..................................... 1-8110. Digital Clock ................................................................ 1-8211. "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" Indicator ..................... 1-4912. Rear Window Defroster Switch ................................... 1-8113. Audio System (If Installed) ........................................ 1-120

14. Passenger's Front Airbag ........................................... 1-4215. Glove Box .................................................................... 1-8816. Heating/Air Conditioning Control Panel (If Installed) 1-10717. Multi Box ..................................................................... 1-8918. Cigarette Lighter ......................................................... 1-8219. AUX Outlet ................................................................ 1-10520. Power Outlet ............................................................... 1-8321. Ashtray ........................................................................ 1-8322. Shift Lever ..................................................................... 2-923. Parking Brake Lever ................................................... 1-9124. Front Drink Holder ...................................................... 1-8425. Trunk Lid Release Lever (If Installed) ........................ 1-9726. Fuel Filler Lid Release Lever ..................................... 1-94

CAUTION:When installing a container of liquid air freshener inside the vehicle, do not place it near the instrument clusternor on the instrument panel surface. If there is any leakage from the air freshener onto these areas(Instrument cluster, instrument panel or air ventilator), it may damage these parts. If the liquid from the airfreshener does leak onto these areas, wash them with water immediately.

!

YOUR VEHICLE AT A GLANCE

F10

High Beam Indicator Light

Parking Brake/Low Brake Fluid Level

Warning Light

Door Ajar Warning Light and Chime

O/D OFF Indicator

(Automatic transaxle only)

B255A03MC-AAT

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT PANEL

* More detailed explanations of these items will be found beginingon page 1-64.

SRS (Airbag) Warning Light

ABS Service Reminder Indicator (If Installed)

Turn Signal Indicator Lights

Low Oil Pressure Warning Light

Charging System Warning Light

Low Fuel Level Warning Light

Malfunction Indicator Light

Seat Belt Warning Light and Chime

Trunk Lid / Tail Gate Open Warning Light

Check Fuel Filler Cap Warning Light

Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light

Low Tire Pressure Telltale (If Installed)

TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) MalfunctionIndicator (If Installed)

Cruise Indicator Light (If Installed)

Cruise SET Indicator Light (If Installed)

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1Fuel Recommendations ................................................ 1-2Breaking in Your New Hyundai .................................... 1-3Keys .............................................................................. 1-4Door Locks ................................................................... 1-4Theft-Alarm System ...................................................... 1-8Window Glass ............................................................ 1-11Seats ........................................................................... 1-13Seat Belts ................................................................... 1-22Child Restraint System............................................... 1-31Advanced Supplemental Restraint (AIRBAG) System ...................................................................... 1-41Instrument Cluster and Indicator Lights ..................... 1-60Warning and Indicator Lights ...................................... 1-64Trip Computer ............................................................. 1-73Multi-Function Light Switch ......................................... 1-76Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch ....................... 1-78Sunroof ....................................................................... 1-84Mirror ........................................................................... 1-89Hood Release ............................................................. 1-93Cruise Control System ............................................. 1-101Heating and Cooling Control .................................... 1-106Stereo Sound System .............................................. 1-117Antenna ..................................................................... 1-119Audio System ........................................................... 1-120

1

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

2

!

FUEL RECOMMENDATIONS

UNLEADEDFUEL ONLY

B010A01MC-A

B010A02MC-AAT

Use Unleaded Gasoline

Unleaded gasoline with a Pump OctaneRating of 87 (Research Octane Number91) or higher must be used in yourHyundai.

B010B01A-AAT

What About Gasohol?

Gasohol (a mixture of 90% unleadedgasoline and 10% ethanol or grain alco-hol) may be used in your Hyundai. How-ever, if your engine develops driveabilityproblems, the use of 100% unleadedgasoline is recommended. Fuels withunspecified quantities of alcohol, oralcohols other than ethanol, should notbe used.

B010C01A-AAT

Use of MTBE

Hyundai recommends that fuels contain-ing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether)over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7%weight) should not be used in yourHyundai.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) may re-duce vehicle performance and producevapor lock or hard starting.

B010D01A-AAT

Do Not Use Methanol

Fuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your Hyundai.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system.

CAUTION:Your Hyundai's New Vehicle Limited War-ranty may not cover damage to the fuelsystem and any performance problemsthat are caused by the use of fuels con-taining methanol or fuels containingMTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

!

WARNING:o Do not "top off" after the nozzle au-

tomatically shuts off when refueling.o Tighten the cap until it clicks, other-

wise the " " light will illuminate.o Always check that the fuel cap is

installed securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an accident.


3


3BREAKING IN YOUR NEWHYUNDAI

B010F01A-AAT

Operation in Foreign Countries

If you are going to drive your Hyundai inanother country, be sure to:

o Observe all regulations regarding reg-istration and insurance.

o Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-able.

B010E01A-AAT

Gasolines for Cleaner Air

To help contribute to cleaner air, Hyundairecommends that you use gasolinestreated with detergent additives, whichhelp prevent deposit formation in theengine. These gasolines will help theengine run cleaner and enhance perfor-mance of the Emission Control System.

B020A01S-AAT

During the First 1200 Miles (2000Km)

No formal "break-in" procedure is requiredwith your new Hyundai. However, youcan contribute to the economical opera-tion and durability of your Hyundai byobserving the following recommenda-tions during the first 1200 miles (2000km).

o Don't drive faster than 55 MPH (88 km/h).

o While driving, keep your engine speed(rpm, or revolutions per minute) be-tween 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

o Use moderate acceleration. Don't startquickly or depress the acceleratorpedal fully.

o For the first 200 miles (300 km), try toavoid hard stops.

o Don't lug the engine (in other words,don't drive so slowly in too high a gearthat the engine "bucks"-shift to a lowergear).

o Whether going fast or slow, vary yourspeed from time to time.

o Don't let the engine idle longer than 3minutes at one time.

o Don't tow a trailer during the first 1,200miles (2,000 km) of operation.


4 DOOR LOCKS

!

B030B01NF-GAT

Record Your Key Number

A code number is recorded on the num-ber tag that came with the keys to yourHyundai. This key number tag should notbe left with the keys but kept in a safeplace, not in the vehicle. The key numbershould also be recorded in a place whereit can be found in an emergency.If you need additional keys, or if youshould lose your keys, your authorizedHyundai dealer can make new keys if youcan supply the key number.

B030B01MC

B040A01A-AAT

WARNING:o Unlocked doors can be dangerous.

Before you drive away (especially ifthere are children in the car), be surethat all the doors are securely closedand locked so that the doors cannotbe opened from the inside. This helpsensure that the doors will not beopened accidentally. Also, when com-bined with the proper use of seatbelts, locking the doors helps keepoccupants from being ejected fromthe car in case of an accident.

o Before opening the door, always lookfor and avoid oncoming traffic.

KEYS

B030A01A-AAT

For greater convenience, the same keyoperates all the locks in your Hyundai.However, because the doors can belocked without a key, carrying a spare keyis recommended in case you accidentallylock one key inside the car.

OMC025001


5


5

B040B02A-AAT

Locking and Unlocking Front Doorswith a Key

o The door can be locked or unlockedwith a key.

o Lock the door by turning the key to-ward the front of the vehicle and un-lock it by turning the key toward therear.

NOTE:The driver's door can be unlocked byturning the key once toward the rear. Ifyou wish to unlock all doors, turn the keyagain toward the rear within 4 seconds(With the central door locking system).

OMC025005

UNLOCK

LOCK

The doors can be locked without a key.To lock the doors, first push the insidelock switch to the "LOCK" position so thatthe red mark on the switch is not visible,then close the door.

NOTE:o When pushing the lock switch of the

passenger's door to the "LOCK" po-sition, all doors can be locked.

o If your vehicle is equipped with thecentral door locking system, the doorwill not lock if the key is left in theignition switch when the front doorsare closed.

B040C01MC-AAT

Locking from Outside

B040C04MC

o When locking the door from outside,be careful not to lock the door withthe ignition key left in the vehicle.

o To protect against theft, always re-move the ignition key, close all win-dows, and lock all doors and thetrunk lid (4 Door) / tail gate (3 Door)when leaving your vehicle unat-tended.


6

!B040D01MC-AAT

Locking from the Inside

To lock the doors from the inside, simplyclose the door and push the lock switchto the "LOCK" position.

NOTE:o When pushing the lock switch of the

passenger's door to the "LOCK" po-sition, all doors can be locked.

o When the door is locked, the redmark on the switch is not visible.

o The driver's door can be opened bypulling the inside door handle even ifthe inside lock switch is pushed tothe "LOCK" position.

B040E04A-AAT

CHILD-PROTECTOR REAR DOORLOCK (4 Door)

Your Hyundai is equipped with left andright side "child-protector" rear door locks.

OMC025006

UNLOCK

LOCK

B040E01MC

WARNING:Be careful not to pull the inside doorhandle while driving. If you pull the insidedoor handle, the door can be opened andyou may be ejected from the vehicle andcan be injured or killed.

When the lock mechanism is engaged,the rear door cannot be opened from theinside. Its use is recommended when-ever there are small children in the rearseat.

To engage the child-protector feature sothat the door cannot be opened from theinside, move the child-protector lever tothe " " position and close the door. Movethe lever to the " " position when nor-mal door operation is desired.

To open the door from the outside, pullthe outside door handle.


7


7

!

B040G01MC-AAT

Central Door Locks (If Installed)

The central door locking switch is lo-cated on the driver's armrest. It is oper-ated by depressing the door lock switch.If any door is open when the switch isdepressed to the "LOCK" position, thedoor will remain locked when closed.

NOTE:o When depressing the front portion

of the door lock switch, all vehicledoors will lock.

o When depressing the rear portion ofthe switch, all vehicle doors will un-lock.

o The driver's door can be opened bypulling the inside door handle even ifthe front portion of the central doorlocking switch has been depressedto lock the doors.

o If the door is locked/unlocked mul-tiple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operat-ing temporarily in order to protectthe circuit and prevent damage tosystem components.

o The central door locking is operatedby turning the key in the driver'sdoor lock toward the front or rear ofthe vehicle.

WARNING:Be careful not to pull the inside doorhandle while driving. If you pull the in-side door handle, the door can be openedand you may be ejected from the ve-hicle and can be injured or killed.

!

B070F03O-AAT

KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM(If Installed)

NOTE:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference. and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received.Including interference that may causeundesired operation.

CAUTION:Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user's au-thority to operate the equipement

OMC029047

UNLOCKLOCK


8 THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

B070A01A-AAT

(If Installed)

This system is designed to provide pro-tection from unauthorized entry into thecar. This system is operated in threestages: the first is the "Armed" stage, thesecond is the "Alarm" stage, and the thirdis the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered, thesystem provides an audible alarm withblinking of the turn signal lights.

Locking doors

1. Close all doors.2. Push the "LOCK" button on the trans-

mitter.3. At the same time all doors lock, the turn

signal light will blink once to indicatethat the system is armed.

Unlocking doors

1. Push the "UNLOCK" button on thetransmitter.

2. At the same time the driver's doorunlocks, the turn signal light will blinktwice to indicate that the system isdisarmed.

NOTE:If you wish to unlock all the doors, pressthe "UNLOCK" button on the transmitteragain within 4 seconds.

NOTE:The transmitter will not work if any offollowing occur:- The ignition key is in ignition switch.- You exceed the operating distance

limit (10 m).- The battery in the transmitter is weak.- Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.- The weather is extremely cold.- The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio stationor an airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the transmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the door withthe ignition key. If you have a problemwith the transmitter, contact an autho-rized Hyundai Dealer.

NOTE:Keep the transmitter away from water orany liquid. If the keyless entry system isinoperative due to exposure to water orliquids, it will not be covered by yourmanufacturer vehicle warranty.


9


9

!B070B02MC-A

B070B02MC-AAT

Armed Stage

Park the car and stop the engine. Arm thesystem as described in the following para-graph.

1) Remove the ignition key from the igni-tion switch.

2) Make sure that all doors, tail gate (3Door) and engine hood are closedand latched.

3) Lock the doors using the transmitter ofthe keyless entry system.

After completion of the steps above, theturn signal lights will blink once to indi-cate that the system is armed.

The system can be armed by locking thedoors with the key from the front doors ortail gate (3 Door). However, the hazardwarning lights are not operated.

NOTE:If any door, tail gate (3 Door) or enginehood remains open, the system will notbe armed. If this happens, rearm thesystem as described above.

CAUTION:o Do not arm the system until all pas-

sengers have left the car. If the sys-tem is armed while a passenger(s)remains in the car, the alarm may beactivated when the remainingpassenger(s) leaves the car.

o If the "LOCK" button is pressed oncemore within 4 seconds after pushingthe "LOCK" button on the transmit-ter, the alarming horn will sound onceto indicate that the system is armed.

LOCK

B070C02MC-AAT

Alarm Stage

The alarm will be activated if any of thefollowing occurs while the car is parkedand the system is armed.

1) Any door, tail gate (3 Door) included,is opened without using the transmitteror the ignition key.

2) The engine hood is opened.

The alarming horn will sound and the turnsignal lights will blink continuously for 27seconds (This happens 3 times). To turnoff the system, unlock the door with thetransmitter or the ignition key.

CAUTION:Avoid trying to start the engine while thesystem is armed.

!


10

Battery

1KMA2003

B070E01MC-AAT

Replacing the battery

When the transmitter's battery begins toget weak, it may take several pushes onthe button to lock or unlock the doors, andthe LED will not light. Replace the batteryas soon as possible.

Battery type : CR2032

Replacement instructions:

1. Carefully separate the case with ablade screwdriver.

B070E01MC-AAT

Panic Warning

1. Push the "PANIC" button on the trans-mitter.

2. At the same time, the alarming hornwill sound and the turn signal lightswill blink continuously for 30 seconds.

3. To turn off the system, push any buttonon the transmitter or lock/unlock thedoors by turning the key.

B070E02MC-A

2. Remove the old battery from the caseand note the polarity. Make sure thepolarity of the new battery is thesame(+side facing up), then insert it inthe transmitter.

B070D02MC-AAT

Disarmed Stage

The system will be disarmed when thefollowing step is taken:

The doors are unlocked by depressingthe "UNLOCK" button on the transmitteror unlocked with the ignition key.

After depressing unlock button, the haz-ard warning lights will blink twice to indi-cate that the system is disarmed.

If any door, tail gate (3 Door) included, isnot opened within 30 seconds, the sys-tem will be rearmed.

B070D02MC-A

NOTE:When the system is disarmed with theinterior light switched to "DOOR", theinterior light will illuminate for 30 sec-onds.UNLOCK


11


11WINDOW GLASS

!

3FDA2015

B050A01A-AAT

To raise or lower the window, turn thewindow regulator handle clockwise orcounterclockwise.

WARNING:When opening or closing the windows,make sure your passenger's arms,hands and body are safely out of the way.

B060A02MC-AAT

POWER WINDOWS (If Installed)

The power windows operate when theignition key is in the "ON" position. Themain switches are located on the driver'sarmrest and control the front (4/3 Door)and rear windows (4 Door) on both sidesof the vehicle. The windows may beopened by depressing the appropriatewindow switch and closed by pulling upthe switch. To open the window on thedriver's side, press the switch (1) halfwaydown. The window moves as long as theswitch is operated. To fully open thedriver's window automatically, press theswitch fully down.In automatic operation, the window willfully open even if you let go of the switch.To stop at the desired opening, pull upand release the switch.

4 Door

3 Door

OMC029048

OMC029049

In order to prevent operation of the pas-senger front (4/3 Door) and rear windows(4 Door), a window lock switch (2) isprovided on the armrest of the driver'sdoor. To disable the power windows,press the window lock switch. To revert tonormal operation, press the window lockswitch a second time.

NOTE:The power windows can be operated for30 seconds after the ignition key isturned to the "ACC" or "LOCK" posi-tions, or removed from the ignitionswitch. If the front doors are openedduring this 30 second period, the powerwindows can no longer be operated with-out the ignition key turned to the "ON"position.


12

! WARNING:o Passengers can be injured if their

head, hands or other body parts aretrapped by a closing window. Al-ways check for obstructions beforeraising any window.

o NEVER leave the ignition key in thevehicle.

o NEVER leave any child unattendedin the vehicle. Even very youngchildren may inadvertently cause thevehicle to move, entangle them-selves in the windows, or otherwiseinjure themselves or others.

OMC025015

CLOSE

OPEN

! WARNING:o Do not attempt to operate the main

switch on the driver's door and aswitch on another door in opposingdirections at the same time. If this isdone, the window will stop and can-not be opened or closed.


13


13SEATS

Driver’s seat

1. Seat forward/rearward lock releaselever

2. Seatback recliner control lever3. Seat cushion height control lever

Front passenger’s seat

4. Seat forward/rearward lock releaselever

5. Seatback recliner control lever

Rear seats

6. Seatback folding lever (If Installed)7. Armrest (If Installed)

B080A01MC-AAT

OMC029025B

4 Door

3 Door


14

To move the seat toward the front or rear,pull the lock release lever upward. Thiswill release the seat on its track so youcan move it forward or rearward to thedesired position.When you find the position you want,release the lever and slide the seat for-ward or rearward on its track until it locksinto the desired position and cannot bemoved further.

! WARNING:After adjusting the seat, always checkthat it is securely locked into place byattempting to move the seat forward orrearward without using the lock releaselever. Sudden or unexpected move-ment of the driver's seat could causeyou to lose control of the vehicle result-ing in an accident.

B080B03A-AAT

FRONT SEATSAdjusting Seat Forward and Rear-ward! WARNING:

o Never adjust the driver’s seat whilethe vehicle is moving. Any suddenor unexpected movement of the seatcould cause you to lose control ofthe vehicle resulting in an accident.Only adjust the driver’s seat whenthe vehicle is stationary.

o Do not sit or lean unnecessarily closeto the airbag. Position the seat sothat you can sit as far back as pos-sible from the airbag and still com-fortably reach all controls.

B080A01FC-AAT

ADJUSTABLE SEATS

OMC029026


15


15

B080C02A-AAT

Adjusting Seatback Angle

To recline the seatback, lean forward totake your weight off it, then pull up on therecliner control lever at the outside edgeof the seat. Now lean back until the de-sired seatback angle is achieved. To lockthe seatback into position, release therecliner control lever.

! WARNING:Riding with a reclined seatback in-creases your chance of serious or fatalinjuries in the event of a collision orsudden stop. The protection of yourrestraint system (seat belts and airbags)is greatly reduced by reclining your seat.Seat belts must be snug against yourhips and chest to work properly. Themore the seatback is reclined, the greaterthe chance that an occupant's hips willslide under the lap belt or the occupant'sneck will strike the shoulder belt. Driv-ers and passengers should always sitwell back in their seats, properly belted,and with the seatbacks upright.

OMC029027

C010104AMC

Headrest

The driver's and front passenger's seatsare equipped with a headrest for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor the driver and front passenger, butalso helps to protect the head and neckin the event of a collision.

OBH038075L


16

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

Removal

To remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button (1)while pulling upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the headrestpoles (3) into the holes while pressing therelease button (1). Then adjust it to theappropriate height.

OMC029029 OMC029030

! WARNING:Make sure the headrest locks in positionafter adjusting it to properly protects theoccupants.

! WARNING:o For maximum effectiveness in case

of an accident, the headrest shouldbe adjusted so the middle of theheadrest is at the same height of thecenter of gravity of an occupant'shead. Generally, the center of grav-ity of most people's head is similarwith the height of the top of theireyes. Also, adjust the headrest asclose to your head as possible.

o Do not operate the vehicle with theheadrests removed as severe injuryto the occupants may occur in theevent of an accident. Headrests mayprovide protection against neck inju-ries when properly adjusted.

o Do not adjust the headrest positionof the driver's seat while the vehicleis in motion.


17


17

B080G01A-GAT

Adjusting Armrest Angle(Driver's side only)

The armrest will be raised or loweredmanually.To raise the armrest, pull it up.To lower it, press the armrest down.

OMC025031

B080F01MC-AAT

Seat Cushion Height Adjustment(Driver's Seat only)

To raise or lower the front part of the seatcushion, turn the front knob forward orrearward.

OMC029028

B130A01A-AAT

REAR SEAT ENTRY (3 Door)

The front passenger's seatback shouldbe tilted to enter the rear seat.By pulling up on the recliner control lever(1) at the outside of the front passenger'sseat, the seatback will tilt forward and theseat will automatically slide forward.Rear seat occupants can tilt the frontpassenger's seatback by depressing thefoot lever (2) as shown in the illustration.

HTB258

(1)

(2)

! WARNING:Passengers sitting in the rear seat shouldbe careful not to accidentally press thefoot lever (2) while the vehicle is moving,as this may cause the seatback to moveforward and injure a front seat occupant.


18

B085A01MC-GAT

REAR SEATAdjusting seatback angle (3 Door)

To recline the seatback, pull up theseatback folding lever (1) and push theseatback rearward.To return the seatback to an upright po-sition, pull up the seatback folding lever(1) and pull the seatback forward until theseatback locks into upright position.After adjusting the seatback angle, al-ways check that it is securely locked intoplace.

B085A01MC

(1)

! WARNING:Do not adjust the seatback angle whilethe vehicle is in motion.

C010303BUN

Headrest

OBH038076L

The rear seat(s) is equipped with head-rests in all the seating positions for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor passengers, but also helps to protectthe head and neck in the event of acollision.

! WARNING:o For maximum effectiveness in case

of an accident, the headrest shouldbe adjusted so the middle of theheadrest is at the same height of thecenter of gravity of an occupant'shead. Generally, the center of grav-ity of most people's head is similarwith the height of the top of theireyes. Also, adjust the headrest asclose to your head as possible. Theuse of a cushion that holds the bodyaway from the seatback is not rec-ommended.

o Do not operate the vehicle with theheadrests removed as severe injuryto an occupant may occur in theevent of an accident. Headrests mayprovide protection against severeneck injuries when properly adjusted.


19


19

Adjusting the height up and down(If Installed)

To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

Removal (If Installed)

To remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button (1)while pulling upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the headrestpoles (3) into the holes while pressing therelease button (1). Then adjust it to theappropriate height.

OMC029045

OMC029046

! WARNING:Make sure the headrest locks in positionafter adjusting it to properly protect theoccupants.

!

B110A02MC-AAT

Folding Rear Seatbacks

The rear seatbacks may be folded tofacilitate carrying long items or to increasethe luggage capacity of the vehicle.

WARNING:The purpose of the fold-down rearseatbacks is to allow you to carry longerobjects than could otherwise be accom-modated.Never allow passengers to sit on top ofthe folded down seatback or cargo areawhile the car is moving as this is not aproper seating position and no seat beltsare available for use. This could result inserious injury or death in case of anaccident or sudden stop. Objects car-ried on the folded down seatback shouldnot extend higher than the top of the frontseats. This could allow cargo to slideforward and cause injury or damageduring sudden stops.


20

3. Pull up the seatback folding lever torelease the seatback.

o Before folding the seatback, insertthe buckle in the pocket. This canprevent the buckle from being dam-aged by the seatback.

B110A01MC

To fold down the seatback :

1. Slide the front seats forward and ad-just the front seatbacks to be uprightbefore folding the rear seatbacks down.

2. Lower the rear seat headrests to thelowest position.

B220D05MC

o In order to prevent the center shoul-der belt from being damaged whilefolding the rear seat, disconnect themetal tab (A) from the buckle (B). Todisconnect the metal tab (A) fromthe buckle (B) , insert a narrow-endedtool into the groove located on thebuckle (B).

! CAUTION:

B090A02MC

OMC029041

4 Door

3 Door


21


21

! CAUTION:

o Move the rear lap/shoulder belt tothe outside so that they don't inter-fere with the seatback when folding.

o Move the rear lap/shoulder belt tothe side so that it is clear of theseatback when returning to its up-right position.

o Place the rear seat belt to the properposition.

OMC025040

OMC025039

OMC029039

4 Door

3 Door

OMC029040

4 Door

3 Door 4. Fold down the seatback forward.

When you return the seatback to its up-right position, always be sure it has lockedinto position by pushing on the top of theseatback.

OMC039100


22 SEAT BELTS

B140A01S-AAT

REAR SEAT WARNING

For the safety of all passengers, luggageor other cargo should not be piled higherthan the top of the seatback. In addition,do not place objects on the rear shelf asthey may move forward during braking orin an accident and strike vehicle passen-gers.

B140A01MC

!!

B150A02S-AAT

SEAT BELT PRECAUTIONS

WARNING:All occupants of the vehicle must weartheir seat belts at all times. Seat beltsand child restraints reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries for all occupantsin the event of a collision or sudden stop.Without a seat belt, occupants could beshifted too close to a deploying airbag,strike the interior structure or be thrownfrom the vehicle. Properly worn seatbelts greatly reduce these hazards. Evenwith advanced airbags, unbelted occu-pants can be severely injured by a de-ploying airbag. Always follow the pre-cautions about seat belts, airbags andoccupant safety contained in thismanual.

! WARNING:When you return the rear seatback to itsupright position after being folded down:Be careful not to damage the seat beltwebbing or buckle. Do not allow the seatbelt webbing or buckle to get caught orpinched in the rear seat. Ensure that theseatback is completely locked into itsupright position by pushing on the top ofthe seatback. Otherwise, in an accidentor sudden stop, the seat could fold downand allow cargo to enter the passengercompartment, which could result in se-rious injury or death.


23


23

!

B150B03A-AAT

Infant or Small Child

All 50 states have child restraint laws.You should be aware of the specific re-quirements in your state. Child and/orinfant safety seats must be properly placedand installed in the rear seat. Informationabout the use of these restraints beginson page 1-31.

WARNING:Every person in your vehicle needs to beproperly restrained at all times, includ-ing infants and children. Never hold achild in your arms or lap when riding in avehicle. The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child against theinterior. Always use a child restraintappropriate for your child's height andweight, see page 1-31.

NOTE:Small children are best protected frominjury in an accident when properly re-strained in the rear seat by a child re-straint system that meets the require-ments of the Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standards. Before buying anychild restraint system, make sure that ithas a label certifying that it meets Fed-eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.The restraint must be appropriate foryour child's height and weight. Checkthe label on the child restraint for thisinformation. See page 1-31.

B150C02A-AAT

Larger Children

Children who are too large for child re-straint systems should always occupy therear seat and use the available lap/shoulder belts. The lap portion should befastened snug on the hips and as low aspossible. Check belt fit periodically. Achild's squirming could put the belt out ofposition. Children are afforded the mostsafety in the event of an accident whenthey are restrained by a proper restraintsystem in the rear seat. If a larger child(over age 13) must be seated in the frontseat, the child should be securely re-strained by the available lap/shoulderbelt and the seat should be placed in therearmost position. Children under the ageof 13 should be restrained securely in therear seat. NEVER place a child underthe age of 13 in the front seat. NEVERplace a rear facing child seat in the frontseat of a vehicle.


24

!B150F01A-AAT

One Person Per Belt

Two people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity of inju-ries in case of an accident.

B150G02A-AAT

Do Not Lie Down

To reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achieve maxi-mum effectiveness of the restraint sys-tem, all passengers should be sitting upand the front seats should be in an up-right position when the car is moving. Aseat belt cannot provide proper protec-tion if the person is lying down in the rearseat or if the front seat is in a reclinedposition.

WARNING:Riding with a reclined seatback in-creases your chance of serious or fatalinjuries in the event of a collision orsudden stop. The protection of yourrestraint system (seat belts and airbags)is greatly reduced by reclining your seat.Seat belts must be snug against yourhips and chest to work properly. Themore the seatback is reclined, the greaterthe chance that an occupant's hips willslide under the lap belt causing seriousinternal injuries or the occupant's neckcould strike the shoulder belt. Driversand passengers should always sit wellback in their seats, properly belted (seepage 1-26), and with the seatbacks up-right.

B150D01A-AAT

Pregnant Women

The use of a seat belt is recommended forpregnant women to lessen the chance ofinjury in an accident. When a seat belt isused, the lap belt portion should beplaced as low and snugly as possible onthe hips, not across the abdomen. Forspecific recommendations, consult a phy-sician.

B150E01A-AAT

Injured Person

A seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported. Whenthis is necessary, you should consult aphysician for recommendations.


25


25

!

B160A02A-AAT

CARE OF SEAT BELTS

Seat belt systems should never be disas-sembled or modified. In addition, careshould be taken to assure that seat beltsand belt hardware are not damaged byseat hinges, doors or other abuse.

WARNING:When you return the rear seatback to itsupright position after the rear seatbackwas folded down, be careful not to dam-age the seat belt webbing or buckle. Besure that the webbing or buckle does notget caught or pinched in the rear seat. Aseat belt with damaged webbing or bucklewill not be as strong and could possiblyfail during a collision or sudden stop,resulting in serious injury.

B160D01A-AAT

When to Replace Seat Belts

Entire in-use seat belt assemblies shouldbe replaced if the vehicle has been in-volved in an accident. This should bedone even if no damage is visible. Addi-tional questions concerning seat beltoperation should be directed to yourHyundai Dealer.

B160C01A-AAT

Keep Belts Clean and Dry

Seat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can be cleanedby using a mild soap solution and warmwater. Bleach, dye, strong detergents orabrasives should not be used becausethey may damage and weaken the fabric.

B170A02MC-AAT

HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEATSHOULDER BELT

B170A01MC

You can adjust the height of the shoulderbelt anchor to one of the 4 positions formaximum comfort and safety.If the height of the adjusting seat belt istoo near your neck, you will not be gettingthe most effective protection. The shoul-der portion should be adjusted so that itlies across your chest and midway overyour shoulder nearest the door and notyour neck. To adjust the height of the seatbelt anchor, lower or raise the heightadjuster into an appropriate position. Toraise the height adjuster, pull it up.

B160B01A-AAT

Periodic Inspection

It is recommended that all seat belts beinspected periodically for wear or dam-age of any kind. Parts of the system thatare damaged should be replaced as soonas possible.


26

To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab into thebuckle. There will be an audible "click"when the tab locks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt isadjusted manually so that it fits snuglyaround your hips. If you lean forward in aslow, easy motion, the belt will extendand let you move around. If there is asudden stop or impact, however, the beltwill lock into position. It will also lock if youtry to lean forward too quickly.

B180A01MC-AAT

SEAT BELT-Driver's 3-Point Systemwith Emergency Locking RetractorTo Fasten Your Belt

B180A01NF

! WARNING:o Verify the shoulder belt anchor is

locked into position at the appropri-ate height. Never position the shoul-der belt across your neck or face.Improperly positioned seat belts cancause serious injuries in an acci-dent.

o Failure to replace seat belts after anaccident could leave you with dam-aged seat belts that will not provideprotection in the event of anothercollision leading to personal injury ordeath. Replace your seat belts afterbeing in an accident as soon as pos-sible.

To lower it, push it down while pressingthe height adjuster button. Release thebutton to lock the anchor into position. Trysliding the height adjuster to make surethat it has locked into the position.

OMC025042-1

! CAUTION:o Adjust the shoulder belt height when

you sit well back in the seat.

o When adjusting the shoulder beltheight, grip the height adjuster but-ton securely and slide the heightadjuster up or down.

o If the shoulder belt anchor is notmoved, grasp the shoulder part ofthe belt and pull forward to the full.


27


27

NOTE:If the seat belt is not fastened when theignition key is turned from the "OFF"position to the "ON" position, the seatbelt warning will activate to remind thedriver to fasten the seat belt as follows.

The driver's seat belt warning light andchime will activate to the following tablewhen the ignition switch is in "ON" posi-tion.

B265E01MC-AAT

Seat Belt Warning Lightand Chime

Conditions Warning Pattern

Seat Belt Vehicle Speed Light-Blink Chime-Sound

Unbuckled

Buckled

Buckled →→→→→ Unbuckled

Unbuckled

Above 6mph(10 km/h)

↓Below 3mph

(5 km/h)

6 seconds

6 seconds

6 seconds *1)

↓Stop *2)

6 seconds None

B190A03A-AAT

SEAT BELTS-Front Passenger andRear Seat 3-Point System with Com-bination Locking Retractor :To Fasten Your Belt

Combination retractor type seat belts areinstalled in the rear seat outboard andcenter positions to help accommodatethe installation of child restraint systems.Hyundai strongly recommends that chil-dren always be seated in the rear seat.NEVER place any infant restraint systemin the front seat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines the fea-tures of both an emergency locking re-tractor seat belt and an automatic lockingretractor seat belt. To fasten your seatbelt, pull it out of the retractor and insertthe metal tab into the buckle. There willbe an audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle. When not securing a childrestraint, the seat belt operates in thesame way as the driver's seat belt (Emer-gency Locking Retractor Type). It auto-matically adjusts to the proper length onlyafter the lap belt portion of the seat belt isadjusted manually so that it fits snuglyaround your hips.

*1) Warning pattern repeats 11 times withan interval of 24 seconds. If the driver'sseat belt is buckled, the light will stopwithin 6 seconds and chime will stopimmediately.

*2) The light will stop within 6 secondsand chime will stop immediately.


28

! WARNING:

!

B200A01A-AAT

Adjusting Your Seat Belt

WARNING:You should place the lap belt portion aslow as possible and snugly across yourhips, not on your waist. If the lap belt islocated too high on your waist, it mayincrease the chance of injury in the eventof a collision. Both arms should not beunder or over the belt. Rather, one shouldbe over and the other under, as shown inthe illustration.Never wear the seat belt under the armnearest the door.

B200A01NF

o Children age 12 and younger mustalways be properly restrained in therear seat. Never allow children toride in the front passenger seat. If achild over 13 must be seated in thefront seat, he/she must be properlybelted and the seat should be movedas far back as possible.

o Never wear the shoulder belt underyour arm or behind your back. Animproperly positioned shoulder beltcan cause serious injuries in a crash.The shoulder belt should be posi-tioned midway over your shoulderacross your collarbone.

o Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. Atwisted belt can't do its job as well. Ina collision, it could even cut into you.Be sure the belt webbing is straightand not twisted.

o Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. If the belt web-bing or hardware is damaged, re-place it.

When the seat belt is fully extended fromthe retractor to allow the installation of achild restraint system, the seat belt opera-tion changes to allow the belt to retract,but not to extend (Automatic LockingRetractor Type). See page 1-38.

NOTE:Although the combination retractor pro-vides the same level of protection forseated passengers in either emergencyor automatic locking modes, it is recom-mended that seated passengers use theemergency locking feature for improvedconvenience. The automatic lockingfunction is intended to facilitate childrestraint installation. To convert fromthe automatic locking feature to theemergency locking operation mode, al-low the unbuckled seat belt to fully re-tract.

! WARNING:o For maximum restraint system pro-

tection, seat belts must always beused whenever the car is moving.

o Seat belts are most effective whenseatbacks are in the upright posi-tion.


29


29

B210A01A-AAT

To Release the Seat Belt

The seat belt is released by pressing therelease button in the locking buckle. Whenit is released, the belt should automati-cally draw back into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt tobe sure it is not twisted, then try again.

B210A01NF

B220D02MC-AAT

SEAT BELTS - Rear Seat Center 3-Point System With Emergency Lock-ing Retractor

1. Before fastening the rear seat centerbelt, confirm the metal tab (A) andbuckle (B) are latched together.

B220D01MC

2. After confirming that (A) and (B) arelatched, pull the seat belt out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (C)into the buckle (D).

B220D02MC


30

! WARNING:o Never let anyone ride in the rear

center seat without fastening allmetal tabs and buckles as describedin this section. This seat belt isdesigned to function as a typical 3-point restraint (lap/shoulder belt).Using only the shoulder portion orlap portion of the belt can result inserious or fatal injuries in the eventof a collision or sudden stop.

o Never unlock the metal tab (A) andthe buckle (B) with the following ex-ceptions.(1) In case of folding rear seatbacks

down.(2) If transporting an object on the

rear seat may cause damage tothe rear seat center belt.

B220D04MC

There will be an audible "click" when thetab locks in the buckle. The seat beltautomatically adjusts to the proper lengthonly after the lap belt is adjusted manu-ally so that it fits snugly around your hips.If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion,the belt will extend and let you movearound. If there is a sudden stop or im-pact, the belt will lock into position. It willalso lock if you try to lean forward tooquickly.

NOTE:Confirm the metal tab and the bucklemarked "CENTER" are latched together.

B220D03MC


31


31

!

B220D05MC

To disconnect the metal tab (A) from thebuckle (B), insert a narrow-ended toolinto the groove located on the buckle (B).

WARNING:Always lock metal tab (A) into buckle (B)immediately after returning the rearseatbacks to an upright position. Thisportion of the rear center seat belt shouldonly be unbuckled when the rearseatback is folded down.

!

B220C02A-GAT

To Release the Seat Belt

When you want to release the seat belt,press the button in the locking buckle.

WARNING:When fastening the outboard seat beltsor the center seat belt, make sure theyare inserted into the correct buckles toobtain maximum protection from the seatbelt system and assure proper opera-tion.

B210A01NF

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM

B230A05A-AAT

Children riding in the car should sit in therear seat and must always be properlyrestrained to minimize the risk of injury inan accident, sudden stop or suddenmaneuver. According to accident statis-tics provided by the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration (NHTSA),children are safer when properly re-strained in the rear seats than in the frontseat. Larger children not in a child re-straint should use one of the seat beltsprovided.All 50 states have child restraint laws.You should be aware of the specific re-quirements in your state. Child and/orinfant safety seats must be properly placedand installed in the rear seat. You mustuse a commercially available child re-straint system that meets the requirementsof the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dards (FMVSS).Child restraint systems are designed tobe secured in vehicle seats by lap beltsor the lap belt portion of a lap/shoulderbelt, or by a LATCH system (If Installed).Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured.


32

!o Never hold a child in your arms or lap

when riding in a vehicle. The violentforces created during a crash willtear the child from your arms andthrow the child against the car’s inte-rior.

o Never put a seat belt over yourselfand a child. During a crash, the beltcould press deep into the child caus-ing serious internal injuries.

o Never leave children unattended in avehicle – not even for a short time.The car can heat up very quickly,resulting in serious injuries to chil-dren inside. Even very young chil-dren may inadvertently cause thevehicle to move, entangle them-selves in the windows, or lock them-selves or others inside the vehicle.

o Never allow two children, or any twopersons, to use the same seat belt.

o Children often squirm and repositionthemselves improperly. Never let achild ride with the shoulder belt un-der their arm or behind their back.Always properly position and securechildren in rear seat.

WARNING:o When the child restraint system is

not in use, store it in the trunk orfasten it with a safety belt so that itwill not be thrown forward in case ofa sudden stop or an accident.

o Children may be seriously injured orkilled by an inflating airbag. All chil-dren, even those too large for childrestraints, must ride in the rear seat.

To reduce the chance or serious or fatalinjuries:o Children of all ages are safer when

restrained in the rear seat. A childriding in the front passenger seatcan be forcefully struck by an inflat-ing airbag resulting in serious or fa-tal injuries.

o Always follow the instructions forinstallation and use of the child re-straint maker.

o Always make sure the child seat issecured properly in the car and yourchild is securely restrained in thechild seat.

! WARNING:

WARNING:o A child restraint system must be

placed in the rear seat. Never installa child or infant seat on the frontpassenger's seat.Should an accident occur and causethe passenger side airbag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infant orchild seat. Thus, only use a childrestraint in the rear seat of yourvehicle.

o Since a safety belt or child restraintsystem can become very hot if it isleft in a closed vehicle, be sure tocheck the seat cover and bucklesbefore placing a child there.

!

For small children and babies, a childseat or infant seat must be used. Beforebuying a particular child restraint system,make sure it fits your car seat and seatbelts, and fits your child. Follow all theinstructions provided by the manufacturerwhen installing the child restraint system.


33


33

! WARNING:o Never allow a child to stand-up or

kneel on the seat or floorboard of amoving vehicle. During a collision orsudden stop, the child can be vio-lently thrown against the vehicle'sinterior, resulting in serious injury.

o Never use an infant carrier or a childsafety seat that "hooks" over aseatback, it may not provide ad-equate security in an accident.

o Seat belts can become very hot, es-pecially when the car is parked indirect sunlight. Always check seatbelt buckles before fastening themover a child.

o Always store or secure a child seat,even when it is not in use. During acollision or sudden stop, the childseat could be thrown inside the ve-hicle.

B230B01E-AAT

Using a Child Restraint System withthe "Tether Anchorage" System

For small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required. Thischild seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and shouldbe installed in accordance with themanufacturer's instructions. It is furtherrequired that the seat be placed in thevehicle's rear seat since this can make animportant contribution to safety. Your ve-hicle is provided with three child restrainthook holders for installing the child seator infant seat.

B230C02MC-AAT

Installing a Child Restraint Seat withthe "Tether Anchorage" System(4 Door)

Three child restraint hook holders arelocated on the rear seat package tray.

To install the child restraint seat

B230C01MC

1. Open the tether anchor cover on therear seat package tray.


34

B230E02MC-AAT

Installing a Child Restraint Seat withthe "Tether Anchorage" System(3 Door)

Three child restraint hook holders arelocated on the rear floor panel.

To install the child restraint seat

! WARNING:o A child can be seriously injured or

killed in a collision if the child re-straint is not properly anchored.Always follow the child seatmanufacturer’s instructions for in-stallation and use.

o Never mount more than one childrestraint to a single tether or to asingle lower anchorage point. Theincreased load caused by multipleseats may cause the tethers or an-chorage points to break, causingserious injury or death.

1. Open the tether anchor cover on therear floor panel.

B230E01MC

2. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable headrests,route the tether strap under the head-rest and between the headrest posts,otherwise route the tether strap overthe top of the seatback.

3. Connect the tether strap hook (2) to thechild restraint hook holder (1) andtighten to secure the seat.

B230C02MC


35


35

B230C02MC

2. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable headrests,route the tether strap under the head-rest and between the headrest posts,otherwise route the tether strap overthe top of the seatback.

3. Connect the tether strap hook (2) to thechild restraint hook holder (1) throughthe hole on the covering shelf andtighten to secure the seat.

! WARNING:o A child can be seriously injured or



B230D08E-AAT

Securing the Child Restraint Seatwith the "Child Seat Lower Anchor"system

Some child seat manufacturers makesafety seats that are labeled as LATCH orLATCH-compatible child seats. LATCHstands for "Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children". These seats include tworigid or webbing mounted attachmentsthat connect to two LATCH anchors atspecific seating positions in your vehicle.This type of child seat eliminates theneed to use seat belts to attach the childseat in the rear seats.LATCH anchors have been provided inyour vehicle. The LATCH anchors arelocated in the left and right outboard rearseating positions.

B230D01MC


36

Child restraint symbols are located on theleft and right rear seatbacks to indicatethe position of the lower anchors for childrestraints.

B230D02MC

Lower Anchor

Lower AnchorPosition Indicator!

o When using the vehicle’s “LATCH”system to install a child restraintsystem in the rear seat, all unusedvehicle rear seat belt metal latchplates or tabs must be latched se-curely in their seat belt buckles andthe seat belt webbing must be re-tracted behind the child restraint toprevent the child from reaching andtaking hold of unretracted seat belts. Unlatched metal latch plates or tabsmay allow the child to reach theunretracted seat belts which mayresult in strangulation and a seriousinjury or death to the child in the childrestraint.

WARNING:

WARNING:o A child can be seriously injured or


o Never install a child restraint usingthe LATCH lower anchors at the cen-ter position of the rear seat. In acrash, the LATCH lower anchors maybreak if a car seat is improperlyplaced in the center position result-ing in serious or fatal injuries. Onlyplace a LATCH or LATCH-compat-ible child seat in the left or right out-board rear seating positions (asshown) to the appropriate LATCHanchors provided.


!

Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion. There is no LATCH anchor providedfor the center rear seating position.


37


37

Follow the child seat manufacturer's in-structions to properly install child restraintseats with LATCH or LATCH-compatibleattachments.

Once you have installed the LATCH childrestraint seat, assure that the seat is prop-erly attached to the LATCH and tetheranchors. Also, test the safety seat beforeyou place the child in it. Tilt the seat fromside to side. Also try to tug the seat for-ward. Check to see if the anchors hold theseat in place.

!

B230F01A-AAT

Child Restraint System Installationon Rear Seat Center Position

Use the center seat belt for the rear seatto secure the child restraint system asillustrated. After installation of the childrestraint system, rock the child seat backand forth, and side to side to ensure thatit is properly secured by the seat belt. Ifthe child seat moves, readjust the lengthof the seat belt. Then, if equipped, insertthe child restraint tether strap hook intothe child restraint hook holder and tightento secure the seat. Always refer to thechild restraint system manufacturer's rec-ommendation before installing the childrestraint system in your vehicle.

B230F02MC

B230D03MC

! CAUTION:Do not allow the rear seat belt webbing toget scratched or pinched by the childseat latch and LATCH anchor during theinstallation.

WARNING:A child can be seriously injured or killedin a collision if the child restraint is notproperly anchored to the car and thechild is not properly restrained in thechild restraint. Always follow the childseat manufacturer’s instructions for in-stallation and use.


38

! WARNING:o If the retractor is not in the Auto-

matic Locking mode, the child re-straint can move when your vehicleturns or stops suddenly. A child canbe seriously injured or killed if thechild restraint is not properly an-chored to the car, including settingthe retractor to the Automatic Lock-ing mode.

o Do not install any child restraint sys-tem in the front passenger seat.Should an accident occur and causethe passenger side airbag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infant orchild seat. Therefore, only use a childrestraint system in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

o Before installing a Child RestraintSystem to vehicles fitted with CurtainAirbags, always refer to safety no-tices for Curtain Airbag systems inthis manual. Whenever installing childrestraints, use only approved devicesand refer to the "Child Restraint Sys-tem" section to ensure correct instal-lation and that occupant protection ismaximized.

If the retractor is in the automatic lockingmode, the belt will be locked. After instal-lation of the child restraint system, try tomove it in all directions to be sure thechild restraint system is securely installed.If you need to tighten the belt, pull morewebbing toward the retractor. When youunbuckle the seat belt and allow it toretract, the retractor will automaticallyrevert back to its normal seated passen-ger emergency locking usage condition.

NOTE:o Before installing the child restraint

system, read the instructions sup-plied by the child restraint systemmanufacturer.

o If the seat belt does not operate asdescribed, have the system checkedimmediately by your authorizedHyundai dealer.

To install a child restraint system in theoutboard rear seats, extend the shoulder/lap belt entirely from its retractor until a"click" is felt. This will engage the seat beltretractor automatic locking feature, whichallows the seat belt to retract but notextend. Install the child restraint system,buckle the seat belt and allow the seatbelt to take up any slack. Make sure thatthe lap portion of the belt is tight aroundthe child restraint system and the shoul-der portion of the belt is positioned so thatit cannot interfere with the child's head orneck. Also, double check to be sure thatthe retractor has engaged the automaticlocking feature by trying to extend web-bing out of the retractor.

B230G02MC-AAT

Child Restraint System Installationon Outboard Rear Seats

OMC039304


39


39

The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion.

1. SRS airbag warning light2. Seat belt pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if theoccupant tries to lean forward too quickly,the seat belt retractor will lock into posi-tion. In certain frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seatbelt into tighter contact against theoccupant's body.

Passenger'sairbag

B180D01MC

Driver's airbag1

23

NOTE:o Both the driver's and front

passenger's pre-tensioner seat beltswill be activated in certain frontalcollisions. The pre-tensioner seatbelts can be activated alone or,where the frontal collision is severeenough, together with the airbags.The pre-tensioners will not be acti-vated if the seat belts are not beingworn at the time of the collision.

! WARNING:To obtain maximum benefit from a pre-tensioner seat belt:

The seat belt must be work correctly andadjusted to the proper position (seepages 1-25 and 1-26). Please read andfollow all of the important informationand precautions about your vehicle’soccupant safety features – including seatbelts and advanced airbags – that areprovided in this manual.

B180C02MC-AAT

Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt

Your Hyundai vehicle is equipped withdriver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts. The purpose of thepre-tensioner is to make sure that theseat belts fit tightly against the occupant'sbody in certain frontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seat belts can be activated aloneor, where the frontal collision is severeenough, together with the airbags.

OMG035300


40

!

! WARNING:o Pre-tensioners are designed to op-

erate only one time. After activation,pre-tensioner seat belts must bereplaced. All seat belts, of any type,should always be replaced after theyhave been worn during a collision.

o The pre-tensioner seat belt assem-bly mechanisms become hot duringactivation. Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies forseveral minutes after they have beenactivated.

o Do not attempt to inspect or replacethe pre-tensioner seat belts your-self. This must be done by an autho-rized Hyundai dealer.

o Do not strike the pre-tensioner seatbelt assemblies.

o Do not attempt to service or repairthe pre-tensioner seat belt system inany manner.

o Improper handling of the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies, andfailure to heed the warnings to notstrike, modify, inspect, replace, ser-vice or repair the pre-tensioner seatbelt assemblies may lead to improp-er operation or inadvertent activa-tion and serious injury.

o Always wear the seat belts whendriving or riding in a motor vehicle.

WARNING:

CAUTION:o The sensor that activates the SRS

airbag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt. The SRS airbagwarning light on the instrumentpanel will illuminate for approximately6 seconds after the ignition key hasbeen turned to the "ON" position,and then it should turn off.

o If the pre-tensioner seat belt is notworking properly, this warning lightwill illuminate even if there is no mal-function of the SRS airbag.

!

o When the pre-tensioner seat beltsare activated, a loud noise may beheard and fine dust, which may ap-pear to be smoke, may be visible inthe passenger compartment. Theseare normal operating conditions andare not hazardous.

o Although it is harmless, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be breathed for prolonged peri-ods. Wash your hands and face thor-oughly after an accident in which thepre-tensioner seat belts were acti-vated.

If the SRS airbag warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignition keyis turned to the "ON" position, re-mains illuminated after approxi-mately 6 seconds when the ignitionkey is turned to the "ON" position, orif it illuminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, have an authorizedHyundai dealer inspect the advancedSRS airbag system as soon as pos-sible.


41


41

B240D01MC-AAT

(If Installed)

ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT (AIRBAG) SYSTEM (SRS)

1. Driver's front airbag2. Passenger's front airbag3. Side impact airbag4. Curtain airbag

B240D01MC


42

B240A01MC

The purpose of the SRS is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficient sever-ity. The SRS uses sensors to gather infor-mation about the driver's and frontpassenger's seat position, the driver's andfront passenger's seat belt usage andimpact severity.

The driver's and front passenger's seattrack position sensors, which are installedon the seat track, determine if the seatsare fore or aft of a reference position. Theseat belt buckle sensors determine if thedriver and front passenger's seat beltsare fastened. These sensors provide theability to control the SRS deploymentbased on how close the driver's seat is tothe steering wheel, how close thepassenger's seat is to the instrumentpanel, whether or not the seat belts arefastened, and how severe the impact is.

The advanced SRS offers the ability tocontrol the airbag inflation with two lev-els. A first stage level is provided formoderate-severity impacts. A secondstage level is provided for more severeimpacts.

According to the impact severity, seatingposition and seat belt usage, theSRSCM(SRS Control Module) controlsthe airbag inflation. Failure to properlywear seat belts can increase the risk orseverity of injury in an accident.

Additionally, your Hyundai is equippedwith an occupant classification system inthe front passenger's seat. The occupantclassification system detects the pres-ence of a passenger in the frontpassenger's seat and will turn off the frontpassenger's airbag under certain condi-tions. For more detail, see "Occupant Clas-sification System" later in this section.

B240A03NF-AAT

Driver's and Passenger's FrontAirbag

Your Hyundai is equipped with an ad-vanced Supplemental Restraint (Airbag)System and lap/shoulder belts at both thedriver and passenger seating positions.The indications of the system's presenceare the letters "SRS AIRBAG" embossedon the airbag pad cover in the steeringwheel and the passenger's side frontpanel pad above the glove box.

The Hyundai SRS consists of airbagsinstalled under the pad covers in thecenter of the steering wheel and thepassenger's side front panel above theglove box.

Driver's Front Airbag


43


43

! WARNING:If a seat track position sensor or anoccupant classification system is notworking properly, the SRS airbag warn-ing light on the instrument panelwill illuminate because the SRS airbagwarning light is connected with the seattrack position sensor and the occupantclassification system. If the SRS airbagwarning light does not illuminate whenthe ignition key is turned to the "ON"position, remains illuminated after ap-proximately 6 seconds when the ignitionkey is turned to the "ON" position, or if itilluminates while the vehicle is beingdriven, have an authorized Hyundaidealer inspect the advanced SRS airbagsystem as soon as possible.

AIRBAG

! WARNING:o Modification to the seat structure

can adversely affect the seat trackposition sensor and cause the airbagto deploy at a different level thanshould be provided.

o Do not place any objects underneaththe front seats as they could dam-age the seat track position sensor orinterfere with the occupant classifi-cation system.

o Do not place any objects that maycause magnetic fields near the frontseat. These may cause a malfunc-tion of the seat track position sen-sor.

NOTE:o Be sure to read information about

the SRS on the labels provided onthe topside of the sun visor.

o Advanced airbags are combined withpre-tensioner seat belts to help pro-vide enhanced occupant protectionin frontal crashes. Front airbags arenot intended to deploy in collisions inwhich sufficient protection can beprovided by the pre-tensioner seatbelt.

o If you are considering modificationof your vehicle due to a disability,please contact the Hyundai Cus-tomer Assistance Center at 1-800-633-5151.


44

! WARNING:o Move your seat as far back as prac-

tical from the front airbags, while stillmaintaining control of the vehicle.

o Never sit or lean unnecessarily closeto the front or side airbags.

o Never lean against the door or cen-ter console – always sit in an uprightposition.

o Do not allow an adult passenger toride in the front seat when the “Pas-senger Airbag OFF” indicator is illu-minated, because the airbag will notdeploy in the event of a moderate orsevere frontal crash.

o Never place objects over or nearany airbag module (front or side im-pact airbags), because these objectscan injure passengers in a crash.

o Never place covers, blankets oraftermarket seat warmers on thepassenger seat as these may inter-fere with the occupant classificationsystem.

! WARNING:Always use seat belts and child restraints– every trip, every time, everyone!Airbags inflate with considerable forceand in the blink of an eye. Seat belts helpkeep occupants in proper position toobtain maximum benefit from the airbag.Even with advanced airbags, improp-erly and unbelted occupants can be se-verely injured when the airbag inflates.Always follow the precautions about seatbelts, airbags and occupant safety con-tained in this manual.

To reduce the chance of serious or fatalinjuries and receive the maximum safetybenefit from your restraint system:o Never place a child in any child or

booster seat in the front seat (seechild restraints 1-31).

o ABC – Always Buckle Children in theback seat. It is the safest place forchildren of any age to ride.

o Front and side impact airbags caninjure occupants improperly posi-tioned in the front seats.

! WARNING:o Do not tamper or disconnect SRS

wiring or other components. Injuriescould result from inadvertent deploy-ment or failure of the airbag to de-ploy in a crash.

o If the SRS airbag warning light (seepg 1-64) remains illuminated whilethe vehicle is being driven, have anauthorized Hyundai dealer inspectthe airbag system as soon as pos-sible.

o Airbags can only be used once –have an authorized Hyundai dealerreplace the airbag immediately afterdeployment.

o The SRS is designed to deploy thefront airbags only when an impact issufficiently severe and when the im-pact angle is within a range as mea-sured from the forward longitudinalaxis of the vehicle. The front airbagswill not deploy in side, rear or rolloverimpacts. Additionally, the airbags willonly deploy once. Seat belts must beworn at all times.


45


45

! WARNING:o No objects should be placed over or

near the airbag modules on the steer-ing wheel, instrument panel, and thefront passenger's panel above theglove box, because any such objectcould cause harm if the vehicle is ina crash severe enough to cause theairbags to deploy.

o If the airbags deploy, they must bereplaced by an authorized Hyundaidealer. Deployed airbags WILL NOTinflate again and will provide no pro-tection in subsequent collisions.

o Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring or other components ofthe SRS system. Doing so couldresult in injury, due to accidentaldeployment of the airbags or by ren-dering the SRS inoperative.

o Even though your vehicle is equippedwith the occupant classification sys-tem, do not install a child restraintsystem in the front passenger seatposition. A child restraint systemmust never be placed in the frontseat.

An infant or child could be severelyinjured or killed by an airbag deploy-ment in case of an accident.

o Children younger than 13 years mustalways be properly restrained in therear seat. Never allow children toride in the front passenger seat. If achild over 13 must be seated in thefront seat, he or she must be prop-erly belted and the seat should bemoved as far back as possible.

o For maximum safety protection in alltypes of crashes, all occupants in-cluding the driver should always weartheir seat belts whether or not anairbag is also provided at their seat-ing position to minimize the risk ofsevere injury or death in the event ofa crash. Do not sit or lean unneces-sarily close to the airbag while thevehicle is in motion.

! WARNING:! WARNING:

B240A02MC

Rear impact

Side Impact

Rollover

o Front airbags are not intended todeploy in side-impact, rear-impactor rollover crashes. In addition, frontairbags will not deploy in frontalcrashes below the deploymentthreshold.

o Move your seat as far back as prac-tical from the front airbags, while stillmaintaining control of the vehicle.You and your passengers shouldnever sit or lean unnecessarily closeto the airbags. Improperly positioneddrivers and passengers can be se-verely injured by inflating airbags.


46

B240B02MC-AAT

SRS Components and Functions

The SRS consists of the following compo-nents:

1. Front Impact Sensor2. "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" Indicator

(Front passenger's seat only)3. SRS "AIR BAG" warning light4. Knee Bolster5. Passenger's Airbag Module6. Driver's Airbag Module7. SRS Control Module (SRSCM)8. Occupant Classification System

(Front passenger's seat only)9. Driver's and Front Passenger's Seat

Track Position Sensors

B240B01NF

10. Driver's and Front Passenger's SeatBelt Buckle Sensors

11. Side Impact Sensor (If Installed)12. Retractor Pre-tensioner Assemblies13. Side Impact Airbag Module (If Installed)14. Curtain Airbag Module (If Installed)

! WARNING:o Sitting improperly or out of position

can result in serious or fatal injury ina crash. All occupants should situpright with the seat back in an up-right position, centered on the seatcushion with their seat belt on, legscomfortably extended and their feeton the floor until the vehicle is parkedand the ignition key is removed.

o The SRS airbag system must deployvery rapidly to provide protection ina crash. If an occupant is out ofposition because of not wearing aseat belt, the airbag may forcefullycontact the occupant causing seri-ous or fatal injuries.


47


47

The SRSCM continually monitors all ele-ments while the ignition is "ON" to deter-mine if a frontal or near-frontal impact issevere enough to require airbag deploy-ment or pre-tensioner seat belt deploy-ment.

The SRS "AIR BAG" warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate for about6 seconds after the ignition key is turnedto the "ON" position or after the engine isstarted, after which the "AIR BAG" warn-ing light should go out.

B240B01L

Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theairbags. Further opening of the coversthen allows full inflation of the airbags.

The airbag modules are located both inthe center of the steering wheel and in thefront passenger's panel above the glovebox. When the SRSCM detects a suffi-ciently severe impact to the front of thevehicle, it will automatically deploy thefront airbags.

B240B02L

A fully inflated airbag, in combination witha properly worn seat belt, slows the driver'sor the passenger's forward motion, re-ducing the risk of head and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the airbag imme-diately starts deflating, enabling the driverto maintain forward visibility and the abil-ity to steer or operate other controls.

B240B03L


48

!

Passenger's Front Airbag

B240B05L

o When installing a container of liquidair freshener inside the vehicle, donot place it near the instrument clus-ter nor on the instrument panel sur-face. If there is any leakage from theair freshener onto these areas (in-strument cluster, instrument panelor air ventilator), it may damage theseparts. If the liquid from the air fresh-ener does leak onto these areas,wash them with water immediately.

WARNING:o If an airbag deploys, there may be a

loud noise followed by a fine dustreleased in the vehicle. These con-ditions are normal and are not haz-ardous - the airbags are packed inthis fine powder. The dust generatedduring airbag deployment may causeskin or eye irritation as well as ag-gravate asthma for some persons.Always wash all exposed skin areasthoroughly with lukewarm water anda mild soap after an accident in whichthe airbags were deployed.

o The SRS can function only when theignition key is in the "ON" position. Ifthe SRS "AIR BAG" warning lightdoes not illuminate, or continuouslyremains on after illuminating forabout 6 seconds when the ignitionkey is turned to the "ON" position, orafter the engine is started, comes onwhile driving, the SRS is not workingproperly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle immediately inspected byyour Hyundai dealer.

Passenger's Front Airbag

CAUTION:o Do not install or place any accesso-

ries (drink holder, cassette holder,sticker, etc.) on the front passenger'spanel above the glove box in a ve-hicle with a passenger's airbag. Suchobjects may become dangerous pro-jectiles and cause injury if thepassenger's airbag inflates.

!

B240B01MC-A


49


49

!o Before you replace a fuse or discon-

nect a battery terminal, turn the igni-tion key to the "LOCK" position andremove the ignition key. Never re-move or replace the airbag relatedfuse(s) when the ignition key is in the"ON" position. Failure to heed thiswarning will cause the SRS "AIRBAG" warning light to illuminate.

WARNING:

If the front passenger seat is occupied bya person that the system determines to beof adult size, and he/she sits properly(sitting upright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on the seatcushion with their seat belt on, legs com-fortably extended and their feet on thefloor), the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator will be turned off and the frontpassenger's airbag will be able to inflate,if necessary, in frontal crashes.You will find the "PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF" indicator on the center facia panel.The following table summarizes the func-tioning of the system depending on thefront passenger seat occupant.

B990A01MC-A

B990A03MC-AAT

OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYS-TEM

Your vehicle is equipped with an occu-pant classification system in the frontpassenger's seat. The Occupant Classi-fication system is designed to detect thepresence of a properly-seated front pas-senger and determine if the passenger'sfront airbag should be enabled (may in-flate) or not. The driver's front airbag isnot affected or controlled by the Occu-pant Classification System.

Main components of occupant clas-sification system

o A detection device located within thefront passenger seat cushion.

o Electronic system to determine whetherpassenger airbag systems (both frontand side) should be activated or deac-tivated.

o A warning light located on the instru-ment panel which illuminates the words"PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicat-ing the front passenger airbag systemis deactivated.

o The instrument panel airbag warninglight is interconnected with the occu-pant classification system.


50

When an adult is seated in the frontpassenger seat, if the "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator is on, turn the ignitionkey to "LOCK" and ask the passenger tosit properly (sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered onthe seat cushion with their seat belt on,legs comfortably extended and their feeton the floor). Restart the engine and havethe person remain in that position forabout 30 seconds.This will allow the system to detect theperson and to enable the passengerairbag. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF" indicator is still on, turn the ignitionkey to "LOCK" and ask the passenger tosit properly and restart the engine again.If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indi-cator is still on, ask the passenger tomove to the rear seat.

Proper seating position

B990A01O

*1) The system judges a person of adultsize as an adult. When a smaller adultsits in the front passenger seat, thesystem may recognize him/her as achild depending on his/her physiqueand posture.

*2) Do not allow children to ride in thefront passenger seat. When a largerchild who has outgrown a child re-straint system sits in the front passen-ger seat, the system may recognizehim/her as an adult depending on his/her physique or posture, or objects inthe lap of the child.

*3) Never install a child restraint systemon the front passenger seat.

Condition and operation in the front pas-senger occupant classification system

Frontpassenger

airbag

Activated

Deactivated

Deactivated

Conditiondetected bythe occupant

classificationsystem

1. Adult*1

2. Child*2 orchild restraintsystem*3

3. Unoccupied

SRSwarning

light

Off

Off

Off

"PASSEN-GER AIRBAG OFF"

indicator light

Off

On

On

Always be sure that you and all vehicleoccupants are seated and restrained prop-erly (sitting upright with the seat in anupright position, centered on the seatcushion, with the person’s legs comfort-ably extended, feet on the floor, andwearing the safety belt properly) for themost effective protection by the air bagand the safety belt.

o The OCS may not function properly ifthe passenger takes actions which candefeat the detection system. Theseinclude:(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.(2) Leaning against the door or center

console.(3) Sitting towards the sides or the front

of the seat.(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or

resting them on other locationswhich reduce the passenger weighton the front seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safety belt.(6) Reclining the seatback.


51


51

! WARNING:! WARNING:

- NEVER put a heavy load in the frontpassenger seat.

B990A08O

! WARNING:o Riding in an improper position or

placing weight on the frontpassenger's seat when it is unoccu-pied by a passenger adversely af-fects the occupant classificationsystem (OCS).

- NEVER lean on the center console.- NEVER lean on the door trim.- NEVER sit on one side of the front

passenger seat.

B990A07O

- NEVER excessively recline thefront passenger seatback.

- NEVER sit with hips shifted towardsthe front of the seat.

B990A03O

B990A02O


52

! WARNING: !! WARNING:o A smaller-stature adult who is not

seated correctly (for example: seatexcessively reclined, leaning on thecenter console, or hips shifted for-ward in the seat) can cause a condi-tion where the advanced frontalairbag system senses less weightthan if the occupant were seatedproperly (sitting upright with theseatback in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion with theirseat belt on, legs comfortably ex-tended and their feet on the floor).This condition can result in an adultpotentially being misclassified andillumination of the "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator.

B990A05O

- NEVER place feet on the dash-board.

WARNING:o Do not allow an adult passenger to

ride in the front seat when the “PAS-SENGER AIR BAG OFF” indicator isilluminated, because the airbag willnot deploy in the event of a crash. Ifthe "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator remains illuminated afterthe passenger repositions them-selves properly and the car is re-started, Hyundai recommends thatpassenger move to the rear seatbecause the passenger's frontairbag will not deploy.

o The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator will not change accordingto the occupants posture after thevehicle has been running for 30 sec-onds. Front seat passengers muststay properly seated to avoid seri-ous injury from a deploying airbag.For more information see page 1-49.


53


53

! WARNING:If the occupant classification system isnot working properly, the SRS airbagwarning light on the instrument panelwill illuminate because the passenger'sfront airbags are connected with theoccupant classification system. If thereis a malfunction of the occupant classi-fication system, the "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator will not illuminateand the passenger's front airbags willinflate in frontal impact crashes even ifthere is no occupant in the frontpassenger's seat. If the SRS airbagwarning light does not illuminate whenthe ignition key is turned to the "ON"position, remains illuminated after ap-proximately 6 seconds when the ignitionkey is turned to the "ON" position, or if itilluminates while the vehicle is beingdriven, have an authorized Hyundaidealer inspect the occupant classifica-tion system and the SRS airbag systemas soon as possible.

NOTE:The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indi-cator illuminates for about 4 secondsafter the ignition key is turned to the"ON" position or after the engine isstarted. If the front passenger seat isoccupied, the occupant classificationsensor will then classify the front pas-senger within approximately 10 secondsafter the ignition is turned on.

! WARNING:o Even though your vehicle is equipped

with the occupation classificationsystem, never install a child restraintsystem in the front passenger's seat.A deploying airbag can forcefullystrike a child resulting in seriousinjuries or death. Any child under 13years of age should ride in the rearseat. Children too large for childrestraints should use the availablelap/shoulder belts. No matter whattype of crash, children of all ages aresafer when restrained in the rearseat.

o If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator is illuminated when the frontpassenger's seat is occupied by anadult and he/she sits properly (sit-ting upright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on the seatcushion with their seat belt on, legscomfortably extended and their feeton the floor), have that person sit inthe rear seat.


54

B990B02MC-AAT

Side Impact Airbag

Your Hyundai is equipped with a sideimpact airbag in each front seat. Thepurpose of the airbag is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt alone. The sideimpact airbags are designed to deployonly during certain side-impact collisions,depending on the crash severity, angle,speed and point of impact. The side im-pact airbags are not designed to deployin all side impact situations.

B990B02LZ

! WARNING:o If you change the weight on the front

passenger seat just after sit-in orrestart of the engine, the "PASSEN-GER AIR BAG OFF" indicator may beturned on or off for a few seconds,disabling or enabling the passengerairbags. After the initial stage of about30 seconds, the "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator will not toggle.

o Do not modify or replace the frontpassenger seat. Don't place anythingon or attach anything such as a blan-ket or after market seat heater to thefront passenger seat. This can ad-versely affect the occupant classifi-cation system.

o Do not sit on sharp objects such astools when occupying the front pas-senger seat. This can adversely af-fect the occupant classification sys-tem.

o Do not use accessory seat coverson the front seats.

! WARNING:o Accident statistics show that chil-

dren are safer if they are restrainedin the rear, as opposed to the frontseat. It is recommended that childrestraints be secured in a rear seat,including an infant riding in a rear-facing infant seat, a child riding in aforward-facing child seat and an olderchild riding in a booster seat.

o Airbags can only be used once –have an authorized Hyundai dealerreplace the airbag immediately afterdeployment.


55


55

WARNING:o The side impact airbag is supple-

mental to the driver's and thepassenger's seat belt systems andis not a substitute for them. There-fore your seat belts must be worn atall times while the vehicle is in mo-tion. The airbags deploy only in cer-tain side impact conditions severeenough to cause significant injury tothe vehicle occupants.

o For best protection from the sideimpact airbag system and to avoidbeing injured by the deploying sideimpact airbag, both front seat occu-pants should sit in an upright posi-tion with the seat belt properly fas-tened. The driver's hands should beplaced on the steering wheel at the9:00 and 3:00 positions. Thepassenger's arms and hands shouldbe placed on their laps.

o Do not use any accessory seat cov-ers.Use of seat covers could reduce orprevent the effectiveness of the sys-tem.

!

B990B01MC

Side impact sensor

Important Safety Notes on the SideImpact Airbag System

Following are a number of safety pointsconcerning this system which should al-ways be observed to ensure risk of injuryis reduced in an accident.

!o Do not install any accessories on the

side or near the side impact airbag.o Do not place any objects over the

airbag or between the airbag andyourself.

o Do not place any objects (an um-brella, bag, etc.) between the frontdoor and the front seat. Such objectsmay become dangerous projectilesand cause injury if the supplementalside impact airbag inflates.

o To prevent unexpected deploymentof the side impact airbag that mayresult in personal injury, avoid im-pact to the side impact sensor whenthe ignition key is on.

WARNING:


56

! WARNING:o The space between the occupant and

the curtain airbag must never beoccupied by children, passengers orpets. Occupants should never leanout or have any parts of their bodyprotruding from the window while theengine is running.

o Do not move the sun visor out tocover the side window if there is anitem attached to it such as a garagedoor remote control, pens, air fresh-eners or the like. These objects couldcause injury if the Curtain Airbag isdeployed.

o Do not install sun blinds to the reardoors, these must not obstruct orimpair the airbag in any way.

o Do not install any accessories orchildren’s toys in the Curtain Airbagdeployment zones, as this may im-pair the operation of the system orthrow parts of them into the vehiclecabin causing injury to occupants ifthe system is deployed.

B990C01JM-GAT

Curtain Airbag

Curtain airbags are located along bothsides of the roof rails above the front andrear doors. They are designed to helpprotect the heads of the front seat occu-pants and the rear outboard seat occu-pants in certain side impact collisions.

The curtain airbags are designed to de-ploy only during certain side impact col-lisions, depending on the crash severity,angle, speed and impact. The curtainairbags are not designed to deploy in allside impact situations, collisions from thefront or rear of the vehicle or in mostrollover situations.

B990C01MC

Curtain Airbag

! WARNING:o Before installing child restraints ,

always refer to “Child Restraint Sys-tem” section to ensure correct in-stallation and that occupant protec-tion is maximized.

o Make sure that the occupant doesnot have any body parts (head, arms& legs) protruding outside the re-straining system. An inflating airbagthat strikes an infant or child couldcause serious injury.

o Ensure the opening for the CurtainAirbag System remains unob-structed at all times, so that theairbags can inflate properly if needed.

Important Safety Notes for CurtainAirbag Systems

Following are a number of safety pointsconcerning this system which should al-ways be observed to ensure risk of injuryis reduced in an accident.


57


57

B240C02NF-AAT

SRS Care

The SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand so there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS "AIR BAG"warning light does not illuminate, or con-tinuously remains on, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by your Hyundaidealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or any workon the steering wheel must be performedby a qualified Hyundai technician. Im-proper handling of the SRS system mayresult in serious personal injury.

HSM393

! WARNING:o To maintain the integrity of the Cur-

tain Airbag system, any work, re-moval or installation of the airbagand associated components (suchas roof lining and side trims) shouldonly be performed by an authorizedHyundai dealer.

WARNING:o Do not install a child restraint sys-

tem in the front passenger seat po-sition.A child restraint system must neverbe placed in the front seat. The infantor child could be severely injured byan airbag deployment in case of anaccident.

o Modification to SRS components orwiring, including the addition of anykind of badges to the pad covers ormodifications to the body structure,can adversely affect SRS perfor-mance and lead to possible injury.

o For cleaning the airbag pad covers,use only a soft, dry cloth or onewhich has been moistened with plainwater. Solvents or cleaners couldadversely affect the airbag coversand proper deployment of the sys-tem.

!


58

B240D02NF-AAT

Additional Safety Precautions

o Never let passengers ride in thecargo area (trunk) or on top of afolded-down back seat. All occupantsshould sit upright, fully back in theirseats with their seat belts on and theirfeet on the floor.

o Passengers should not move out ofor change seats while the vehicle ismoving. A passenger who is not wear-ing a seat belt during a crash or emer-gency stop can be thrown against theinside of the vehicle, against otheroccupants, or out of the vehicle.

o Each seat belt is designed to re-strain one occupant. If more than oneperson uses the same seat belt, theycould be seriously injured or killed ina collision.

o Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improve oc-cupant comfort or reposition the seatbelt can reduce the protection pro-vided by the seat belt and increase thechance of serious injury in a crash.

o Passengers should not place hard orsharp objects between themselvesand the airbags. Carrying hard orsharp objects on your lap or in yourmouth can result in injuries if an airbaginflates.

! WARNING:o No objects should be placed over or

near the airbag modules on the steer-ing wheel, instrument panel, and thefront passenger's panel above theglove box, because any such objectcould cause harm if the vehicle is ina crash severe enough to cause theairbags to inflate.

o If the airbags inflate, they must bereplaced by an authorized Hyundaidealer.

o Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other components ofthe SRS system. Doing so could re-sult in injury, due to accidental infla-tion of the airbags or by renderingthe SRS inoperative.

o If components of the airbag systemmust be discarded, or if the vehiclemust be scrapped, certain safetyprecautions must be observed. YourHyundai dealer knows these precau-tions and can give you the neces-sary information. Failure to followthese precautions and procedurescould increase the risk of personalinjury.

! WARNING:o If your car was flooded and has

soaked carpeting or there is wateron the floor, do not start the engine;have the car towed to an authorizedHyundai dealer.


59


59

! WARNING:o Sitting improperly or out of position

can cause occupants to be shiftedtoo close to a deploying airbag, strikethe interior structure or be thrownfrom the vehicle resulting in seriousinjury or death.

o Always sit upright with the seatbackin an upright position, centered onthe seat cushion with your seat belton, legs comfortably extended andyour feet on the floor.

o Keep occupants away from the airbagcovers. All occupants should sit up-right, fully back in their seats with theirseat belts on and their feet on the floor.If occupants are too close to the airbagcovers, they could be injured if theairbags inflate.

o Do not attach or place objects on ornear the airbag covers. Any objectattached to or placed on the front orside impact airbag covers could inter-fere with the proper operation of theairbags.

o Do not modify the front seats. Modi-fication of the front seats could inter-fere with the operation of the supple-mental restraint system sensing com-ponents or side impact airbags.

o Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the frontseats could interfere with the opera-tion of the supplemental restraint sys-tem sensing components and wiringharnesses.

o Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event of acrash. All infants and children shouldbe properly restrained in appropriatechild safety seats or seat belts in therear seat.

Adding Equipment to or ModifyingYour Airbag-Equipped Vehicle.

If you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system, frontend or side sheet metal or ride height, thismay adversely affect the operation of yourvehicle's airbag system.


60 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

OMC029410N

B260A02MC-AAT

Type A


61


61

1. Tachometer 2. Turn Signal Indicator Lights 3. High Beam Indicator Light 4. Automatic Transaxle Position Indicator Light

(If Installed) 5. Odometer/Trip Odometer/Trip Computer (If Installed) 6. Overdrive Off Indicator Light (Automatic transaxle only) 7. Speedometer 8. Check Fuel Cap Warning Light 9. Low Tire Pressure Telltale (If Installed)10. TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) Malfunction

Indicator (If Installed)11. Door Ajar Warning Light

12. Charging System Warning Light13. Parking Brake/Low Brake fluid Level Warning Light14. SRS (Airbag) Warning Light15. Seat Belt Warning Light16. Fuel Gauge17. Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light18. Low Oil Pressure Warning Light19. Low Fuel Warning Light20. Trunk Lid/Tail Gate Open Warning Light21. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)22. ABS Service Reminder Indicator Light (If Installed)23. Cruise Control Indicator Lights (If Installed)


62

OMC029404

B260B02MC-AAT

Type B


63


63

12. Door Ajar Warning Light13. Charging System Warning Light14. Parking Brake/Low Brake fluid Level Warning Light15. Seat Belt Warning Light16. High Beam Indicator Light17. Fuel Gauge18. Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light19. Overdrive Off Indicator Light (Automatic transaxle only)20. Low Fuel Warning Light21. Trunk Lid/Tail Gate Open Warning Light22. ABS Service Reminder Indicator Light (If Installed)23. Cruise Control Indicator Lights (If Installed)

1. Tachometer 2. Turn Signal Indicator Lights 3. Low Oil Pressure Warning Light 4. Automatic Transaxle Position Indicator Light

(If Installed) 5. Odometer/Trip Odometer 6. SRS (Airbag) Warning Light 7. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) 8. Speedometer 9. Check Fuel Cap Warning Light10. Low Tire Pressure Telltale (If Installed)11. TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)

Malfunction Indicator (If Installed)


64 WARNING AND INDICATORLIGHTS

!

B260P02Y-GAT

ABS Service Reminder Indi-cator (SRI) (If Installed)

When the key is turned to the "ON" posi-tion, the Anti-Lock Brake System SRI willcome on and then go off in a few seconds.If the ABS SRI remains on, comes onwhile driving, or does not come on whenthe key is turned to the "ON" position, thisindicates that there may be a problemwith the ABS.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby your Hyundai dealer as soon as pos-sible. The normal braking system will stillbe operational, but without the assis-tance of the anti-lock brake system.

WARNING:If both ABS SRI and Parking Brake/Brakefluid level warning lights remain "ON" orcome on while driving, there may be aproblem with E.B.D. (Electronic BrakeForce Distribution).If this occurs, avoid sudden stops andhave your vehicle checked by yourHyundai dealer as soon as possible.

B260C01A-AAT

O/D OFF Indicator(Automatic Transaxle only)

When the overdrive switch is turned on,the overdrive off indicator will go out. Thisamber indicator will be illuminated whenthe overdrive switch is turned off.

B260D01A-AAT

Turn Signal IndicatorLights

The blinking green arrow on the instru-ment panel shows the direction indicatedby the turn signals. If the arrow comes onbut does not blink, blinks more rapidlythan normal, or does not blink at all, amalfunction in the turn signal system isindicated. Your dealer should be con-sulted for repairs.

B260F01A-AAT

High Beam Indicator Light

The high beam indicator light comes onwhenever the headlights are switched tothe high beam or flash position.

B260B01JM-AAT

SRS (Airbag) Warning Light

The SRS warning light comes on forapproximately 6 seconds after the key isturned to the "ON" position or after theengine is started, after which it will go out.

This light also comes on when the SRS isnot working properly. If the AIR BAG warn-ing light does not come on, or continu-ously remains on after operating for about6 seconds when you turned the ignitionkey to the "ON" position or started theengine, or if it comes on while driving,have the SRS inspected by an authorizedHyundai dealer.


65


65

B260G01A-AAT

Low Oil Pressure WarningLight

CAUTION:If the oil pressure warning light stays onwhile the engine is running, serious en-gine damage may result. The oil pres-sure warning light comes on wheneverthere is insufficient oil pressure. In nor-mal operation, it should come on whenthe ignition switch is turned on, then goout when the engine is started. If the oilpressure warning light stays on whilethe engine is running, there is a seriousmalfunction.If this happens, stop the car as soon asit is safe to do so, turn off the engine andcheck the oil level. If the oil level is low,fill the engine oil to the proper level andstart the engine again. If the light stayson with the engine running, turn the en-gine off immediately. In any instancewhere the oil light stays on when theengine is running, the engine should bechecked by a Hyundai dealer before thecar is driven again.

!

B260H03A-AAT

Parking Brake/Low Brake Fluid LevelWarning Light

CAUTION:If you suspect brake trouble, have yourbrakes checked by a Hyundai dealer assoon as possible. Driving your car witha problem in either the brake electricalsystem or brake hydraulic system isdangerous, and could result in seriousinjury or death.

!

Warning Light Operation

The parking brake/brake fluid level warn-ing light should come on when the park-ing brake is applied and the ignition switchis turned to "ON" or "START". After theengine is started, the light should go outwhen the parking brake is released.If the parking brake is not applied, thewarning light should come on when theignition switch is turned to "ON" or"START", then go out when the enginestarts.If the light comes on at any other time, youshould slow the vehicle and bring it to acomplete stop in a safe location off theroadway. The brake fluid level warninglight indicates that the brake fluid level inthe brake master cylinder is low andbrake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT4 specifications should be added. Afteradding fluid, if no other trouble is found,the car should be immediately andcarefully driven to a Hyundai dealerfor inspection. If further trouble is experi-enced, the vehicle should not be driven atall but taken to a dealer by a professionaltowing service.


66

B260J01MC-AAT

Charging System WarningLight

The charging system warning light shouldcome on when the ignition is turned on,then go out when the engine is running.If the light stays on while the engine isrunning, there is a malfunction in theelectrical charging system. If the lightcomes on while you are driving, have thesystem checked by your Hyundai dealeras soon as possble.

B260M01A-AAT

Low Fuel Level Warning Light

The low fuel level warning light comes onwhen the fuel tank is approaching empty.When it comes on, you should add fuel assoon as possible. Driving with the fuellevel warning light on or with the fuel levelbelow "E" can cause the engine to misfireand damage the catalytic converter.

B260L02HP-GAT

Door Ajar Warning Lightand Chime

The door ajar warning light warns youthat a door is not completely closed andthe chime warns you that the key is in theignition switch.

NOTE :The warning chime only sounds when-ever the key is in the ignition switch andthe driver's side front door is open simul-taneously. The chime sounds until thekey is removed from the ignition switchor the driver's side front door is closed.

B260K02A-AAT

Trunk Lid/Tail GateOpen Warning Light

This light remains on unless the trunk lid/tail gate is completely closed and latched.

B260O01MC-AAT

Check Fuel Filler Cap Warn-ing Light

This warning light indicates the fuel fillercap is not tight securely.Always make sure that the fuel filler capis tight.

Your Hyundai is equipped with dual-di-agonal braking systems. This means youstill have braking on two wheels even ifone of the dual systems should fail. Withonly one of the dual systems working,more than normal pedal travel and greaterpedal pressure are required to stop thecar. Also, the car will not stop in as shorta distance with only a portion of the brakesystem working. If the brakes fail whileyou are driving, shift to a lower gear foradditional engine braking and stop thecar as soon as it is safe to do so.


67


67

B260N01MC-AAT

Malfunction Indicator Light

This light illuminates when there is amalfunction of an exhaust gas relatedcomponent and the system is not func-tioning properly. This light will also illumi-nate when the ignition key is turned to the"ON" position, and will go out in a fewseconds after the engine is started. If itilluminates while driving, or does not illumi-nate when the ignition key is turned to the"ON" position, take your car to your nearestauthorized Hyundai dealer and have thesystem checked.

! CAUTION:Prolonged driving with the EmissionControl System Malfunction IndicatorLight illuminated may cause damage tothe emission control systems whichcould effect drivability or fuel economy.If the Emission Control System Malfunc-tion Indicator Light begins to flash ONand OFF, potential catalytic converterdamage is possible which could result inloss of engine power. Have the EngineControl System inspected as soon aspossible by an authorized Hyundaidealer.

The driver's seat belt warning light andchime will activate to the following tablewhen the ignition switch is in "ON" posi-tion.

B265E01MC-AAT

Seat Belt Warning Lightand Chime

*1) Warning pattern repeats 11 times withan interval of 24 seconds. If the driver'sseat belt is buckled, the light will stopwithin 6 seconds and chime will stopimmediately.

*2) The light will stop within 6 secondsand chime will stop immediately.

Conditions Warning Pattern

Seat Belt Vehicle Speed Light-Blink Chime-Sound

Unbuckled

Buckled

Buckled →→→→→ Unbuckled

Unbuckled

Above 6mph(10 km/h)

↓Below 3mph

(5 km/h)

6 seconds

6 seconds

6 seconds *1)

↓Stop *2)

6 seconds None

B290A02MC-AAT

Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light

WARNING:Never remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. The engine coolant is un-der pressure and could erupt and causesevere burns. Wait until the engine iscool before removing the radiator cap.

!

This warning light shows the temperatureof the engine coolant when the ignitionswitch is ON. The warning light illumi-nates if the temperature of the enginecoolant is above 253.4±5.4°F (123±3°C).If the warning light illuminates, pull overand stop as soon as possible and turn offthe engine. Then open the hood andcheck the coolant level (See "If the en-gine overheats" on the page 3-4.) and thewater pump drive belt. If you suspectcooling system trouble, have your cool-ing system checked by a Hyundai dealeras soon as possible.

NOTE:If the engine coolant temperature warn-ing light illuminates, it indicates over-heating that may damage the engine.


68

! WARNING:Significantly low tire pressure makesthe vehicle unstable and can contributeto loss of vehicle control and increasedbraking distances.Continued driving on low pressure tireswill cause the tires to overheat and fail.

B260W02JM-AAT

Low Tire Pressure Telltale(If Installed)

The low tire pressure telltale comes on for3 seconds after the ignition key is turnedto the "ON" position.If the warning light does not come on, orcontinuously remains on after commingon for about 3 seconds when you turnedthe ignition key to the "ON" position, theTire Pressure Monitoring System is notworking properly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle checked by an authorizedHyundai dealer as soon as possible.This warning light will also illuminate oneor more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. You should stop and check yourtires as soon as possible. If the warninglight illuminates while driving, reduce ve-hicle speed immediately and stop thevehicle.Avoid hard braking and overcorrecting atthe steering wheel. Inflate the tires to theproper pressure as indicated on thevehicle’s tire information placard.

D150325AMC

Cruise Indicator (If Installed)

CRUISE Indicator

The indicator light illuminates when thecruise control system is enabled.The cruise indicator light in the instru-ment cluster is illuminated when the cruisecontrol ON/OFF button on the steeringwheel is pushed.The indicator light turns off when thecruise control ON/OFF button is pushedagain. For more Information about theuse of cruise control, refer to page 1-101.

Cruise SET Indicator

The indicator light illuminates when thecruise function switch (-/SET or RES/+) isON.The cruise SET indicator light in the in-strument cluster is illuminated when thecruise control switch (-/SET or RES/+) ispushed. The cruise SET indicator lightdoes not illuminate when the cruise con-trol switch (CANCEL) is pushed or thesystem is disengaged.


69


69

B270A01A-AAT

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNINGSOUND

The front disc brake pads have wearindicators that should make a high-pitchedsquealing or scraping noise when newpads are needed. The sound may comeand go or be heard all the time when thevehicle is moving. It may also be heardwhen the brake pedal is pushed downfirmly. Expensive rotor damage will resultif the worn pads are not replaced. Seeyour Hyundai dealer immediately.

!B265W01MC-AAT

TPMS (Tire Pressure Moni-toring System) MalfunctionIndicator (If Installed)

TPMS malfunction indicator comes on for3 seconds after the ignition key is turnedto the "ON" position. If the warning lightdoes not come on, or continuously re-mains on after comming on for about 3seconds when you turned the ignition keyto the "ON" position, the Tire PressureMonitoring System is not working porperly.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized Hyundai dealer as soonas possible.The warning light also comes on andstays on when there is a problem with theTire Pressure Monitoring System.If this happens, the system may not moni-tor the tire pressure. Have the systemchecked by an authorized Hyundai dealeras soon as possible.

WARNING:o The TPMS cannot alert you to severe

and sudden tire damage caused byexternal factors.

o If you feel any vehicle instability, im-mediately take your foot off the ac-celerator, apply the brakes gradu-ally and with light force, and slowlymove to a safe position off the road.


70

B330A03A-AAT

TACHOMETER

The tachometer registers the speed ofyour engine in revolutions per minute(rpm).

CAUTION:The engine should not be increased tosuch a speed that the needle enters thered zone on the tachometer face. Thiscan cause severe engine damage andmay void your warranty.

!

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

B280A01TG-AAT

FUEL GAUGE

The needle on the gauge indicates theapproximate fuel level in the fuel tank.The fuel capacity is given in Section 9.

NOTE:The " " symbol means the fuel fillerlid is placed on the left side of the vehicle.

OMC029420

Type A Type B

OMC029424

B330A02MC-D

Type A

Type B


71


71

B310B01O-AAT

ODOMETER/TRIP ODOMETER(Without Trip Computer)

1. Odometer

The odometer records the total drivingdistance in miles, and is useful for keep-ing a record for maintenance intervals.It is normal for a new vehicle to have theodometer indicating less than 30 miles.

NOTE:Federal law forbids alteration of the odom-eter of any vehicle with the intent tochange the number of the odometer. Thealteration may void your warranty cov-erage.

B310B01MC-A

B300A01A-AAT

SPEEDOMETER

Your Hyundai's speedometer is calibratedin miles per hour (on the outer scale) andkilometers per hour (on the inner scale).

OMC029422

B300A02MC-A

Type A

Type B

Type A

Type B

Pushing in the trip switch for less than 1second when the ignition switch is turned"ON" displays the following sequence:

2. Trip Odometer

OMC029054


72

B310C01O-AAT

ODOMETER/TRIP ODOMETER(With Trip Computer)

1. Odometer

The odometer records the total drivingdistance in miles, and is useful for keep-ing a record for maintenance intervals.It is normal for a new vehicle to have theodometer indicating less than 30 miles.

NOTE:Federal law forbids alteration of the odom-eter of any vehicle with the intent tochange the number of the odometer. Thealteration may void your warranty cov-erage.

B400B03MC-E

Trip Odometer

Odometer

B310B02MC-A

B310B03MC-A

TRIP A: Distance you have traveled fromyour origination point to a firstdestination.

TRIP B: Distance from the first destina-tion to the final destination.

When the trip switch is pressed for morethan 1 second, trip odometer will reset to0.

Type A

Type B

Trip odometer records the distance of 2trips in miles.


73


73

2. Trip Odometer

o This mode indicates the drive distancetravelled since the last drive time reset.

o Refer to the explanation of the tripcomputer (see page 1-74, Tripmeter).

TRIP COMPUTER

B400B01MC-A

The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information gauge thatdisplays information related to drivingsuch as outside temperature, tripmeter,average fuel consumption and distanceto empty on the LCD.

B400B01MC-AAT

(If Installed)

OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE

TRIPMETER

AVERAGE FUEL CONSUMPTION

DISTANCE TO EMPTY

TRIP Switch

Pushing in the TRIP switch for less than1 second when the ignition switch is in"ON" position changes the display asfollows;

OMC029054


74

3. Average Fuel Consumption(MPG)

B400B04MC-A

o This mode calculates the average fuelconsumption from the total fuel usedand the distance since the last aver-age consumption reset.

o The total fuel used is calculated fromthe fuel consumption input.

o Average fuel consumption is reset tozero (--) if the battery is disconnected.

o To reset the average fuel consumptionto zero (--), press the TRIP switch formore than 1 second.

o When you drive 0.5 mile (0.5 km) andless after resetting, the average fuelconsumption will be displayed to '--'.

Odometer

Average Fuel Consumption

2. Tripmeter (miles)

o This mode indicates the total distancetravelled since the last tripmeter reset.Total distance is also reset to zero ifthe battery is disconnected.

o Pressing the TRIP switch for more than1 second when the tripmeter is beingdisplayed clears the tripmeter to zero.

o The meter's working range is from 0 to999.9 miles (999.9 kms).

B400B03MC-E

Odometer

Tripmeter

1. Outside Temperature (°F)

This mode indicates the outside tem-perature between -40°F (-40°C) and176°F (80°C) .

B400B02MC-A

Odometer

Outside Temperature


75


75

4. Distance to Empty(miles)

o This mode indicates the estimated dis-tance to empty from the current fuellevel in the fuel tank.

o The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 1.36 gallons(6 liters) of fuel are added to the ve-hicle.

OMC049500

Distance to empty

Odometer o When the distance to empty is lessthan 30 miles (50 km), the distance toempty digits (----) will blink until morefuel is added.

B400B06MC-A

NOTE:o The distance to empty can differ from

the actual tripmeter according todriving conditions.

o The distance to empty can vary ac-cording to the driving conditions, driv-ing pattern or vehicle speed.


76

To operate the headlights, turn the barrel onthe end of the multi-function switch. The firstposition turns on the parking lights, side-lights, tail lights and instrument panel lights.The second position turns on the headlights.

NOTE:The ignition must be in the "ON" positionto turn on the headlights.

B340C05A-AAT

Headlight Switch

OTB048090

B340B01A-AAT

Lane Change Signal

To indicate a lane change, move thelever up or down to a point where itbegins flashing.The lever will automatically return to thecenter position when released.

OTB048095

MULTI-FUNCTION LIGHTSWITCH

B340A01A-AAT

COMBINATION TURN SIGNAL,HEADLIGHT AND LOW-BEAMSWITCHTurn Signal Operation

Pulling down on the lever causes the turnsignals on the left side of the car to blink.Pushing upward on the lever causes theturn signals on the right side of the car toblink. As the turn is completed, the leverwill automatically return to the centerposition and turn off the turn signals at thesame time. If either turn signal indicatorlight blinks more rapidly than usual, goeson but does not blink, or does not go onat all, there is a malfunction in the system.Check for a burned-out fuse or bulb orsee your Hyundai dealer.


77


77

B340E01A-AAT

Headlight Flasher

To flash the headlights, pull the switchlever toward you, then release it. Theheadlights can be flashed even thoughthe headlight switch is in the "OFF" posi-tion.

B340D01A-AAT

High-Beam Switch

OTB048094

Parking Light Auto Off

o The purpose of this feature is to pre-vent the battery from being discharged.The system automatically turns off theheadlights and parking lights whenthe driver removes the ignition key andopens the driver- side door.

o With this feature, the parklight will beturned off automatically if the driverparks on the side of road at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed, per-form the following :1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and

ON again using the light switch onthe steering column.

To turn on the headlight high beams,push the lever forward (away from you).The High Beam Indicator Light will comeon at the same time. For low beams, pullthe lever back toward you.

OTB048093


78

B350A01MC-AAT

Windshield Wiper

OMC048902N

(A)

(B)

(C)

The windshield wiper switch has threepositions:

A) Intermittent wiper operationB) Low-speed operationC) High-speed operation

NOTE:To prevent damage to the wiper system,do not attempt to wipe away heavy accu-mulations of snow or ice. Accumulatedsnow and ice should be removed manu-ally. If there is only a light layer of snowor ice, operate the heater in the defrostmode to melt the snow or ice beforeusing the wiper.

WINDSHIELD WIPER/WASHER SWITCH

Rear window wiper/washer(If Installed)

A :Wiper speed control· MIST – Single wipe· OFF – Off· INT – Intermittent wipe· LO – Low wiper speed· HI – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent wipe time adjustment

C :Wash with brief wipes

D :Rear wiper/washer control· – Wash with brief wipes· ON – Continuous wipe· OFF – Off

Windshield wiper/washer

OMC048907N

OMC048901N


79


79

B350B01A-AAT

Windshield Washer Operation

To use the windshield washer, pull thewiper/washer lever toward the steeringwheel.When the washer lever is operated, thewipers automatically make three passesacross the windshield. The washer con-tinues to operate until the lever is re-leased.

OMC048903N

Mist Wiper Operation

OMC048904N

If a single wipe is desired in mist, movethe windshield wiper and washer controllever up.

NOTE:o Do not operate the washer more than

15 seconds at a time or when thefluid reservoir is empty.

o In icy or freezing weather, be surethe wiper blades are not frozen to theglass prior to operating the wipers.

o In areas where water freezes in win-ter, use windshield washer antifreeze.


80

B390A01MC-AAT

Rear Window Wiper and Washer(If Installed)

1. : The washer fluid will be sprayedonto the rear window and the wiperoperates while the rear windowwiper barrel is placed in this posi-tion.

2.ON : The rear window wiper starts tooperate continuously.

3.OFF

INSTRUMENT PANEL LIGHTCONTROL (RHEOSTAT)

B410A01A-AAT

The instrument panel lights can be madebrighter or dimmer by turning the instru-ment panel light control knob.

B410A01MC

OMC048906N

To use the intermittent wiper feature, placethe wiper switch in the "INT" position. Withthe switch in this position, the intervalbetween wipes can be varied from ap-proximately 1 to 15 seconds by turningthe interval adjuster barrel (1).

B350C01MC-GAT

Adjustable Intermittent Wiper Op-eration

OMC048905N


81


81HAZARD WARNING SYS-TEM

B370A01A-AAT

The hazard warning system should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the car in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road as faras possible.The hazard warning lights are turned onby pushing in the hazard switch. Thiscauses all turn signal lights to blink. Thehazard warning lights will operate eventhough the key is not in the ignition.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch a second time.

OMC025067

CAUTION:Do not clean the inner side of the rearwindow glass with an abrasive type ofglass cleaner or use a scraper to re-move foreign deposits from the innersurface of the glass as this may causedamage to the defroster elements.

NOTE:The engine must be running for the rearwindow defroster to operate.

!

The rear window defroster is turned on bypushing in the switch. To turn the de-froster off, push the switch a second time.The rear window defroster automaticallyturns itself off after about 20 minutes. Torestart the defroster cycle, push in theswitch again after it has turned itself off.

OMC025072

REAR WINDOW DEFROSTERSWITCH

B380A01MC-AAT


82 CIGARETTE LIGHTERDIGITAL CLOCK

B420A01A-AAT

For the cigarette lighter to work, the keymust be in the "ACC" position or the "ON"position.To use the cigarette lighter, push it all theway into its socket. When the element hasheated, the lighter will pop out to the"ready" position.Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressedin. This can damage the heating elementand create a fire hazard.If it is necessary to replace the cigarettelighter, use only a genuine Hyundai re-placement or its approved equivalent.

HHR2098A

B400A01A-AAT

There are three control buttons for thedigital clock. Their functions are:

HOUR - Push "H" to advance the hourindicated.MIN - Push "M" to advance the minuteindicated.RESET - Push "R" to reset minutes to":00" to facilitate resetting the clock tothe correct time. When this is done:

Pressing "R" between 10 : 30 and 11 : 29changes the readout to 11 : 00. Pressing"R" between 11 : 30 and 12 : 29 changesthe readout to 12 : 00.

OMC025098-A

FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH

B360A04A-AAT

(If Installed)

To turn on the front fog lights, push theswitch. They will light when the headlightswitch is in the second position and thekey is in the "ON" position.

NOTE:If you turn on the headlight high beams,the front fog lights will be turned off.

OMC025062


83


83POWER OUTLET

B500D01MC-GAT

These supply 12V electric power to oper-ate electric accessories or equipment onlywhen the key is in the "ON" or "ACC"position.

OMC029106

ASHTRAY

To use the ashtray, open the cover. Toremove the ashtray to empty or clean it,pull it all the way out.

B430A01MC-GAT

OMC025103

! CAUTION:o Only use the power outlet when the

engine is running. Unplug the plugfrom the power outlet when the en-gine is off if the key will be left in the"ACC" or "ON" (not recommended)positions, to prevent discharging thebattery. Using when the engine stopsor leaving the electric applianceplugged in for many hours may causethe battery to discharge.

o Do not use the power outlet to con-nect electric accessories or equip-ment other than those designed tooperate on 12 volts.

o Some electronic devices can causeelectronic interference when pluggedinto the power outlet. These devicesmay cause excessive audio noiseand malfunctions in other electronicsystems or devices used in yourvehicle.


84

!

SUNROOF

B460A02Y-AAT

(If Installed)Sun Shade

1JBA3110

Your HYUNDAI is equipped with a slidingsunshade which you can manually adjustto let in light with the sunroof closed, or toblock sunlight.

WARNING:Never adjust the sunshade while driv-ing. This could result in loss of controland an accident that may cause death,serious injury, or property damage.

OMC025034

! WARNING:Use caution when using the drink hold-ers. A spilled beverage that is very hotcan injure your passengers. Spilled liq-uids can damage interior trim.

B450B01MC-GAT

REAR DRINK HOLDER (If Installed)

The rear drink holder is located in the rearseat armrest for holding cups or cans.The rear drink holder can be used bypulling the rear seat armrest.

! WARNING:o Use caution when using the drink

holders. A spilled beverage that isvery hot can injure you or your pas-sengers. Spilled liquids can damageinterior trim and electrical compo-nents.

o Do not place objects other than cupsor cans in the drink holder. Objectscan be thrown out in the event of asudden stop or an accident, possiblyinjuring the passengers in the ve-hicle.

DRINK HOLDER

OMC025108

B450A02O-AAT

FRONT DRINK HOLDER

The drink holder is located on the mainconsole for holding cups or cans.


85


85

B460B01MC-GAT

Opening the Sunroof System

If your vehicle is equipped with this fea-ture, you can slide or tilt your sunroof withthe sunroof control buttons located on theoverhead console.The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in the"ON" position.

OMC025021

!

Auto slide open

To use the auto slide feature, press theSLIDE OPEN button on the overheadconsole for more than 1 second. Thesunroof will slide all the way open. Tostop the sunroof sliding at any point, pressany sunroof control button.

Manual slide open

Press the SLIDE OPEN button on theoverhead console for less than 0.5 sec-ond.

Manual slide close

To close the sunroof, press the TILT UPbutton on the overhead console and holdit until the sunroof is closed.

WARNING:Be careful that someone’s head, handsand body are not trapped by a closingsunroof.

B460C01TG-AAT

Tilting the Sunroof System

Auto tilt up

To use the auto tilt feature, press the TILTUP button on the overhead console formore than 1 second. The sunroof will tiltall the way open. To stop the sunrooftilting at any point, press any sunroofcontrol button.

Manual tilt up

Press the TILT UP button on the over-head console for less than 0.5 second.

OMC025021


86

! CAUTION:If the sunroof is not reset, it may notoperate properly.

B460E02TG-GAT

Resetting the sunroof

Whenever the vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, you have to resetyour sunroof system as follows:

1. Turn the ignition key to the "ON" posi-tion.

2. Press the TILT UP button for more than1 second to tilt up the sunroof com-pletely when the sunroof is fully closed.Then, release the button.

3. Press and hold the TILT UP buttononce again until the sunroof has re-turned to the original position of TILTUP after it is raised a little higher thanthe maximum TILT UP position. Then,release the button.

4. Press and hold the TILT UP buttonwithin 5 seconds until the sunroof isoperated as follows;

TILT DOWN → SLIDE OPEN → SLIDECLOSE

Then, release the button.

! CAUTION:o Do not open the sunroof in severely

cold temperature or when it is cov-ered with ice or snow.

o Periodically remove any dirt that mayhave accumulated on the guide rails.

o Do not press any sunroof controlbutton longer than necessary.Damage to the motor or system com-ponents could occur.

Manual tilt down

To close the sunroof, press the SLIDEOPEN button on the overhead consoleand hold it until the sunroof is closed.

NOTE:After washing the car or after there israin, be sure to wipe off any water that ison the sunroof before operating it.

! WARNING:o Do not close a sunroof if anyone's

hands, arms or body are betweenthe sliding glass and the sunroofsash, as this could result in injury.

o Do not place your head or arms outof the sunroof opening at any time.

o While the vehicle is moving, alwayskeep the head, hands and other partsof the body of all occupants awayfrom the roof opening. Otherwise,you could be seriously injured if thevehicle stops suddenly or if the ve-hicle is involved in an accident.


87


87INTERIOR LIGHT

B480A02MC-GAT

Map Light (If Installed)

The two map light switches are locatedon both sides of the front overhead con-sole. Push in the map light switch to turnthe light on or off. This light produces aspot beam for convenient use as a maplight at night or as a personal light for thedriver and the passenger.

OMC025068

o "DOOR" (If Installed)In the "DOOR" position, the map lightcomes on when any door is opened re-gardless of the ignition key position andthe light goes out after approximately 20minutes even though the door is open.The light goes out gradually after 30 sec-onds if the door is closed. However if theignition switch is ON or all doors arelocked, map light will turn off even within30 seconds.

The interior courtesy light switch has threepositions. The three positions are:

o "DOOR"In the "DOOR" position, the interior cour-tesy light comes on when any door isopened regardless of the ignition keyposition and the light goes out after ap-proximately 20 minutes even though thedoor is open. The light goes out graduallyafter 30 seconds if the door is closed.However if the ignition switch is ON or alldoors are locked, interior light will turn offeven within 30 seconds.

B490A02MC-AAT

Interior Light

B490A03MC


88

!

GLOVE BOX

WARNING:To avoid the possibility of injury in caseof an accident or a sudden stop, theglove box door should be kept closedwhen the car is in motion.

B500A01A-AAT

B500A01MC

o To open the glove box, pull on theglove box release lever.

o "ON"In the "ON" position, the light stays on atall times.

CAUTION:Do not leave the switch in this positionfor an extended period of time when thevehicle is not running.

!

SUNGLASS HOLDER

!

B491A03O-AAT

(If Installed)

The sunglass holder is located on thefront overhead console. Push the end ofthe cover to open the sunglass holder.

WARNING:o Do not keep objects except sunglass

inside the sunglass holder. Such ob-jects can be thrown from the holderin the event of a sudden stop or anaccident, possibly injuring the pas-sengers in the vehicle.

o Do not open the sunglass holder whilethe vehicle is moving. The rear viewmirror of the vehicle can be blockedby an open sunglass holder.

B491A03MC

o "OFF"In the "OFF" position, the light stays off atall times even though a door is open.


89


89MULTI BOX

B500B01MC-GAT

The multi box is opened by pushing theknob downward.

OMC025105

CAUTION:If the mirror control is jammed with ice,do not attempt to break it free using thecontrol handle or by manipulating theface of the mirror. Use an approvedspray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) torelease the frozen mechanism or movethe vehicle to a warm place and allow theice to melt.

!

OUTSIDE REARVIEW MIR-ROR

B510A01A-AAT

Manual Type

The outside rearview mirrors areequipped with a remote control for yourconvenience. It is operated by the controllever in the bottom front corner of thewindow.Before driving away, always check thatyour mirrors are positioned so you cansee behind you, both to the left and rightsides, as well as directly behind yourvehicle. When using the mirror, alwaysexercise caution when attempting to judgethe distance of vehicles behind or alongside of you.

OMC025049


90

B510C01A-AAT

Folding the Outside Rearview Mir-rors

To fold the outside rearview mirrors, pushthem towards the rear. To unfold the out-side rear view mirrors, push them towardthe front.The outside rearview mirrors can befolded rearward for parking in restrictedareas.

OMC025051

! WARNING:Be careful when judging the size or dis-tance of any object seen in the passen-ger side rearview mirror. It is a convexmirror with a curved surface. Any ob-jects seen in this mirror are closer thanthey appear.

CAUTION:o Do not operate the switch continu-

ously for an unnecessary length oftime.

o Scraping ice from the mirror facecould cause permanent damage. Toremove any ice, use a sponge, softcloth or approved de-icer.

!

To adjust the position of either mir-ror:

1. Move the selecting switch to the rightor left to activate the adjustable mecha-nism for the corresponding door mir-ror.

2. Adjust mirror angle by depressing theappropriate directional switch as illus-trated.

B510B01Y-AAT

Electric Type (If Installed)

OMC029051

The outside rearview mirrors can be ad-justed to your preferred rear vision, bothdirectly behind the vehicle, and to therear of the left and right sides.The remote control outside rearview mir-ror switch controls the adjustments forboth right and left outside mirrors.


91


91PARKING BRAKEDAY/NIGHT INSIDE REAR-VIEW MIRROR

B520A01A-AAT

Your Hyundai is equipped with a day/night inside rearview mirror. The "night"position is selected by flipping the tab atthe bottom of the mirror toward you. In the"night" position, the glare of headlights ofcars behind you is reduced.

OMC025047

B530A03A-AAT

Always engage the parking brake beforeleaving the car. This also turns on theparking brake indicator light when thekey is in the "ON" or "START" position.Before driving away, be sure that theparking brake is fully released and theindicator light is off.

OMC035017

! WARNING:Do not adjust or fold the outside rearviewmirrors while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control, and anaccident causing death, serious injuryor property damage.


92

!

HIGH-MOUNTED REARSTOP LIGHT

B550A01S-GAT

In addition to the lower-mounted rearstop lights on either side of the car, thehigh mounted rear stop light in the centerof the rear window or inserted in the rearspoiler also lights when the brakes areapplied.

B550A01MC

4 Door

B550A01MC-1

3 Door

WARNING:Whenever leaving vehicle or parkingalways set the parking brake as far aspossible and fully engage the vehicle'stransaxle into the park position. Ve-hicles not fully engaged in park with theparking brake set are at risk for movinginadvertently and injuring yourself orothers.

CAUTION:Driving with the parking brake appliedwill cause excessive brake pad (or lin-ing) and brake rotor wear.

Releasing the parking brake

To release the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and pull the praking brakelever slightly. Secondly, depress the re-lease button and lower the parking brakelever while holding the button.

!

Applying the parking brake

To engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then without pressingthe release button in, pull the parkingbrake lever up as far as possible. Inaddition it is recommended that whenparking the vehicle on a gradient, the shiftlever should be positioned in the appro-priate low gear on manual transaxle ve-hicles or in the P (Park) position on auto-matic transaxle vehicles.


93


93

3. Pull the support rod from the hood.

B570A01MC

4. Hold the hood open with the supportrod.

B570A02MC

CAUTION:Make sure that the support rod has beenreleased prior to closing the hood.

!

Before closing the hood, return the sup-port rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling.Lower the hood until it is about 1 ft. (30cm) above the closed position and let itdrop. Make sure that it locks into place.

OMC025020

2. Pull the secondary latch lever up andlift the hood.

1. Pull the release knob to unlatch thehood.

OMC025019

HOOD RELEASE

B570A01MC-GAT


94

! WARNING:o Always double check to be sure that

the hood is firmly latched before driv-ing away. If it is not latched, the hoodcould fly open while the vehicle isbeing driven, causing a total loss ofvisibility, which might result in anaccident.

o The support rod must be insertedcompletely into the hole provided inthe hood whenever you inspect theengine compartment. This will pre-vent the hood from falling and possi-bly injuring you.

o Do not move the vehicle with thehood in the raised position, as visionis obstructed and the hood could fallor be damaged.

B560A02MC-AAT

OMC025017

The fuel-filler lid must be opened frominside the vehicle by pulling up on thefuel-filler lid opener located on the frontfloor area on the left side of the car.

NOTE:If the fuel-filler lid will not open becauseice has formed around it, tap lightly orpush on the lid to break the ice andrelease the lid. Do not pry on the lid. Ifnecessary, spray around the lid with anapproved de-icer fluid (do not use radia-tor anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to awarm place and allow the ice to melt.

REMOTE FUEL-FILLER LIDRELEASE

B560A02MC

4 Door

B560A02MC-1

3 Door


95


95

! WARNING:If you must re-enter the vehicle,you should once again eliminatepotentially dangerous static elec-tricity discharge by touching ametal part of the vehicle, awayfrom the fuel filler neck, nozzle orother gasoline source.

- When using a portable fuel con-tainer be sure to place the con-tainer on the ground prior to refu-eling. Static electricity dischargefrom the container can ignite fuelvapors causing a fire. Once refu-eling has begun, contact with thevehicle should be maintained untilthe filling is complete. Use onlyportable fuel containers designedto carry and store gasoline.

- Do not use cellular phones arounda gas station or while refueling anyvehicle. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cellu-lar phones can potentially ignitefuel vapors causing a fire. If youmust use your cellular phone useit in a place away from the gasstation.

! WARNING:o Gasoline vapors are dangerous.

Before refueling, always stop theengine and never smoke or allowsparks and open flames near thefiller area.

o Never operate your vehicle without afiller cap properly installed, flam-mable vapors and gasoline couldleak out in dangerous situations suchas a collision or rollover. If the fillercap must be replaced, only use genu-ine Hyundai replacement parts.

o After refueling, make sure the fuelcap is installed securely to preventfuel spillage in the event of an acci-dent.

o Tighten the cap until it clicks, other-wise the " "light will illuminate.

o If you open the fuel filler cap duringhigh ambient temperatures, a slight"pressure sound" may be heard.This is normal and not a cause forconcern. Whenever you open the fuelfiller cap, turn it slowly.

o Do not "top off" after the nozzle au-tomatically shuts off when refueling.

o Automotive fuels are flammable/ex-plosive materials. When refueling,please note the following guidelinescarefully. Failure to follow theseguidelines may result in severe per-sonal injury, severe burns or deathby fire or explosion.

- Before refueling always note thelocation of the Emergency Gaso-line Shut-Off, if available, at thegas station facility.

- Before touching the fuel nozzle orfuel filler cap, you should eliminatepotentially dangerous static elec-tricity discharge by touching an-other metal part of the front of thevehicle, a safe distance away fromthe fuel filler neck, nozzle, or othergas source.

- Do not get back into a vehicle onceyou have begun refueling. Do nottouch, rub or slide against any itemor fabric (polyester, satin, nylon,etc.) capable of producing staticelectricity. Static electricity dis-charge can ignite fuel vapors re-sulting in explosion.

! WARNING:


96

! WARNING:- When refueling always shut the

engine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Always insure thatthe engine is OFF before and dur-ing refueling. Once refueling iscomplete, check to make sure thefuel filler cap and door are se-curely closed, before starting theengine.

- Do not light any fire around a gasstation. DO NOT use matches or alighter and DO NOT SMOKE orleave a lit cigarette in your vehiclewhile at a gas station especiallyduring refueling. Automotive fuelis highly flammable and can, whenignited, result in explosion byflames.

- If a fire breaks out during refueling,leave the vicinity of the vehicle,and immediately contact the man-ager of the gas station or contactthe police and local fire depart-ment. Follow any safety instruc-tions they provide.

!

TRUNK LID/TAIL GATE

B540A01MC-GAT

WARNING:The trunk lid or the tail gate should al-ways be kept completely closed whilethe vehicle is in motion. If it is left open orajar, poisonous exhaust gases may en-ter the car resulting in serious illiness ordeath to the occupants. See additionalwarnings concerning exhaust gases onpage 2-2.

o The trunk lid is opened by first turningthe key clockwise to release the lock,then raising the door manually.

o To close, lower the trunk lid, then pressdown on it until it locks. To be sure thetrunk lid is securely fastened, try to pullit up again.

OMC025010

Trunk Lid (4 Door)


97


97

OMC025013

B540B02MC-AAT

Trunk Lid Emergency Latch Release(4 Door)

Your vehicle is equipped with a glow-in-the dark emergency trunk release leverlocated inside the trunk. It will glow afterthe trunk is closed. When pulled, thislever will release the trunk latch mecha-nism and open the trunk.

! WARNING:The trunk lid should always be kept com-pletely closed while the vehicle is inmotion. If it is left open or ajar, exhaustgases may enter the car and seriousillness may result.

B540D01MC-GAT

Remote Trunk Lid Release(4 Door) (If Installed)

OMC025011

To open the trunk lid without using thekey, pull up the lid release lever.To close, lower the trunk lid, then pressdown on it until it locks. To be sure thetrunk lid is securely fastened, check bytrying to pull it up again.

Tail Gate (3 Door)

o To open the tail gate, unlock it byturning the key clockwise, then pull theoutside handle toward you.

o To close, lower the tail gate and shutfirmly to engage the latch. Lock the tailgate by turning the key counterclock-wise.

o If the vehicle is equipped with centraldoor locking, the tail gate can be lockedwithout a key. Push the front portion ofthe central door locking switch afterclosing the tail gate.

o If the tail gate is open when the frontportion of the central door lockingswitch is pushed, the tail gate will belocked when it is fully closed.

OMC025010-1


98

! WARNING:o If a person becomes locked in the

trunk, pull the emergency trunk re-lease lever of the inside panel in thetrunk to open the trunk lid.

o Keep cars locked and keys out of thereach of children. HYUNDAI recom-mends parents teach children aboutthe emergency trunk release leverin their vehicle and how to open thetrunk lid if they are accidentallylocked in the trunk.

! CAUTION:To prevent damage to the goods or thevehicle, care should be taken when car-rying fragile or bulky objects in the lug-gage compartment.

! WARNING:Avoid eye injury. DO NOT overstretchthe luggage net. ALWAYS keep yourface and body out of its recoil path. DONOT use when the luggage net strapshave visible signs of wear or damage.

When loading the objects in the luggagecompartment, use the four rings locatedin the luggage compartment to attach theluggage net as shown illustration. Thiswill help prevent the objects from sliding.

LUGGAGE NET

B540D02O-AAT

(If Installed)

1JBA3113

B540D01MC

Type A

Type B


99


99SUN VISOR

B580A02MC-AAT

B580A01MC

Your Hyundai is equipped with sun visorsto give the driver and front passengereither frontal or sideward shade. To re-duce glare or to shut out direct rays of thesun, turn the sun visor down.

Ticket holders and vanity mirrors are pro-vided on the back of the sun visor for thedriver and the front passenger (If Installed).

NOTE:The Supplemental Restraint System(SRS) label containing useful informa-tion can be found on the topside of sunvisor.

B580A02MC

CARGO AREA COVER

B650A01A-GAT

(3 Door)

Nothing should be carried on top of theluggage cover. Loose materials couldresult in injury to vehicle occupants dur-ing sudden braking.

B650A01MC


100

! WARNING:o Do not place the sun visor in such a

manner that it obscures visibility ofthe roadway, traffic or other objects.

o Do not move the sun visor out tocover the side window if there is anitem attended to it such as a garagedoor remote control, pens, air fresh-eners or the like. These objects couldcause injury if the curtain airbag isdeployed.

B500B01B-GAT

Illuminated Vanity Mirror(If Installed)

Opening the lid of the vanity mirror willautomatically turn on the mirror light.

OMC025100

B580C01JM-AAT

Sun Visor Extender (If Installed)

Your vehicle is equipped with sun visorextenders that may be used when thevisor is in the side glass position.

B580C01MC


101


101

!

STEERING WHEEL TILTLEVER

B600A01A-AAT

(If Installed)

To Adjust the Steering Wheel:1. Push the lever downward to unlock.2. Raise or lower the steering wheel to

the desired position.3. After adjustment, securely tighten the

lever by pulling it upward.

WARNING:Do not attempt to adjust the steeringwheel while driving as this may result inloss of control of the vehicle which maycause serious injury or death.

OMC025045

HORN

B610B01L-GAT

Press the pad on the steering wheel tosound the horn.

OMC025046

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM

E090000AMC

(If Installed)

The cruise control system allows you toprogram the vehicle to maintain a con-stant speed without resting your foot onthe accelerator pedal.This system is designed to function aboveapproximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

! WARNING:o If the cruise control is left on,

(CRUISE indicator light in the instru-ment cluster illuminated) the cruisecontrol can be switched on acciden-tally. Keep the cruise control sys-tem off (CRUISE indicator light OFF)when the cruise control is not in use,to avoid inadvertently setting aspeed.

o Use the cruise control system onlywhen traveling on open highways ingood weather.

o Do not use the cruise control when itmay not be safe to keep the car at aconstant speed, for instance, drivingin heavy or varying traffic, or onslippery (rainy, icy or snow-covered)or winding roads or over 6% up-hillor down-hill roads.


102

! WARNING:o Pay particular attention to the driv-

ing conditions whenever using thecruise control system.

o Be careful when driving downhillusing the cruise control system,which may increase the vehiclespeed.

! CAUTION:During cruise-speed driving of a manualtransaxle vehicle, do not shift into neu-tral without depressing the clutch pedal,since the engine will be overrevved. Ifthis happens, depress the clutch pedalor release the cruise control ON/OFFswitch.

NOTE:During normal cruise control operation,when the -/SET switch is activated orreactivated after applying the brakes,the cruise control will energize after ap-proximately 3 seconds. This delay isnormal.

E090100AMC

To set cruise control speed:

1. Push the CRUISE ON-OFF button onthe steering wheel to turn the systemon. The CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 25 mph (40 km/h).

OMC039300

OMC039301

3. Push the -/SET switch, and release it atthe desired speed. The SET indicatorlight in the instrument cluster will illu-minate. Release the accelerator at thesame time. The desired speed willautomatically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may slowdown or speed up slightly while goingdownhill.


103


103

E090200AMC

To increase cruise control set speed:

Follow either of these procedures:o Push the RES/+ switch and hold it.

Your vehicle will accelerate. Releasethe switch at the speed you want.

o Push the RES/+ switch and release itimmediately. The cruising speed willincrease by 1 mph (1.6 km/h) eachtime the RES/+ switch is operated inthis manner.

OMC039302

E090300AMC

To decrease the cruising speed:

Follow either of these procedures:o Push the -/SET switch and hold it. Your

vehicle will gradually slow down. Re-lease the switch at the speed you wantto maintain.

o Push the -/SET switch and release itimmediately. The cruising speed willdecrease by 1 mph (1.6 km/h) eachtime the -/SET switch is operated inthis manner.

OMC039301

NOTE:On steeper hills, with a Manual Transaxle,the cruise control may be unable to main-tain the set speed. The driver shoulddownshift as necessary. Press the"RES/+" button to resume the cruisecontrol at the set speed in the new gear.After cresting the hill, upshift, and pressthe "RES/+" again. If the speed drops ~9 mph below the set speed, the cruisecontrol will cancel. If it cancels, shift tothe appropriate gear, and press the"RES/+" to resume the cruse control.


104

E090500AMC

To cancel cruise control, do one ofthe following:

o Press the brake pedal.o Press the clutch pedal with a manual

transaxle.o Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic

transaxle.o Press the CANCEL switch located on

the steering wheel.o Decrease the vehicle speed lower than

the memory speed by 9 mph (15 km/h).o Decrease the vehicle speed to less

than approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

OMC039303

Each of these actions will cancel cruisecontrol operation (the SET indicator lightin the instrument cluster will go off), but itwill not turn the system off. If you wish toresume cruise control operation, pushthe RES/+ switch located on your steer-ing wheel. You will return to your previ-ously preset speed.

E090400AUN

To temporarily accelerate with thecruise control on:

If you want to speed up temporarily whenthe cruise control is on, depress the ac-celerator pedal. Increased speed will notinterfere with cruise control operation orchange the set speed.To return to the set speed, take your footoff the accelerator.


105


105AUX OUTLET

(If Installed)

You can use an aux outlet to connect anaudio device.

NOTE:When using a portable audio device con-nected to the power outlet, noise mayoccur during playback. If this happens,use the power source of the portableaudio device.

OMC029033A-1

E090600AMC

To resume cruising speed at morethan approximately 25 mph (40 km/h):

If any method other than the CRUISE ON-OFF switch was used to cancel cruisingspeed and the system is still activated,the most recent set speed will automati-cally resume when the RES/+ switch ispushed.It will not resume, however, if the vehiclespeed has dropped below approximately25 mph (40 km/h).

OMC039302

E090700AUN

To turn cruise control off, do one ofthe following:

o Push the CRUISE ON-OFF button (theCRUISE indicator light in the instru-ment cluster will go off).

o Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions cancel cruise con-trol operation. If you want to resume cruisecontrol operation, repeat the steps pro-vided in “To set cruise control speed” onthe previous page.


106 HEATING AND COOLING CONTROL

B710A01TB-GAT

(If Installed)

1. Side Defroster Nozzle2. Side Ventilator3. Windshield Defroster Nozzle4. Center Ventilator

B710B01MC-AAT

Center Ventilator/Side Ventilator

B710A01MC

B710B01MC

The center ventilators are located in themiddle of the dashboard. The side venti-lators are located on each side of dash-board. To change the direction of the airflow, move the knob in the center of thevent up-and-down and side-to-side.The vents are opened when the ventknob is moved to " " position. Thevents are closed when the vent knob ismoved to " ". Keep these vents clear ofany obstructions.


107


107HEATING AND VENTILA-TION

B670A02A-GAT

(If Installed)

1. Temperature control2. Air conditioning switch (If Installed)3. Air intake control switch4. Air flow control5. Fan speed control

B670B01A-AAT

Fan Speed Control(Blower Control)

This is used to turn the blower fan on oroff and to select the fan speed.This blower fan speed, and therefore thevolume of air delivered from the system,may be controlled manually by setting theblower control between the "1" and "4"positions.

B670A01MC-D

OMC025083

B670C03A-AAT

Air Intake Control

B670C02MC

This is used to select fresh outside air orrecirculating inside air.

FreshRecirculation

With the " " mode selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside and is heated orcooled according to the other functionsselected.With the " " mode selected, air fromwithin the passenger compartment isdrawn through the heating system andheated or cooled according to the otherfunctions selected.


108

NOTE:It should be noted that prolonged opera-tion of the intake air system in " "mode will give rise to misting of thewindshield and side windows and the airwithin the passenger compartment willbecome stale. In addition prolonged useof the air conditioning with the " "mode selected may result in the air withinthe passenger compartment becomingexcessively dry.

B670D03MC-AAT

Air Flow Control

This is used to direct the flow of air. Aircan be directed to the floor, instrumentpanel outlets, or windshield. Five sym-bols are used to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrost airposition.

B670D01MC-D Face-Level

Selecting the "Face" mode will cause airto be discharged through the face levelvents.

B670D02MC


109


109

Bi-Level

Air is discharged through the face ventsand the floor vents.

Floor-Level

Air is discharged through the floor vents,windshield defroster nozzle, side defrosternozzle and side ventilator.

Floor-Defrost Level

Air is discharged through the windshielddefroster nozzle, the floor vents, sidedefroster nozzle and side ventilator.In vehicles equipped with A/C, the A/Cwill automatically be turned on in the"Floor Defrost" mode.

B670D03MC B670D04MC B670D05MC


110

Defrost-Level

Air is discharged through the windshielddefroster nozzle, side defroster nozzle,side ventilator.In vehicles equipped with A/C, the A/Cwill automatically be turned on in the"Defrost" mode.

B670D06MC

NOTE:In vehicles equipped with A/C, when"Floor-Defrost" or "Defrost" modes areselected, the A/C is automatically turnedon to help dry the air. Pushing the A/Cbutton will not turn off the A/C.

B670E02A-AAT

Temperature Control

This control is used to adjust the degreeof heating or cooling desired.

Cool WarmB670E01MC


111


111BI-LEVEL HEATING

B700A02A-AAT

Your Hyundai is equipped with bi-levelheating controls. This makes it possibleto have cooler air from the dashboardvents and warmer air from the floor out-lets at the same time. To use this feature:

o Set the air intake control to the fresh air( ) position.

o Set the air flow control at the bi-level( ) position.

o Adjust the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

o Set the temperature control between"Cool" and "Warm".

B700B01MC-D

VENTILATION

B710A01A-AAT

To operate the ventilation system:

o Set the air intake control to "Fresh"mode ( ).

o To direct all intake air to the dashboardvents, set the air flow control to the ( )position.

o Adjust the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

o Set the temperature control between"Cool" and "Warm".

B710A01MC-D

HEATING CONTROLS

B690A02A-AAT

For normal heating operation, set the airintake control to the fresh air ( ) positionand the air flow control to the floor ( )position.For faster heating, the air intake controlshould be set in the recirculate ( )position.If the windows fog up, set the air flowcontrol to the defrost ( ) position (Theair conditioning will be turned on auto-matically.) and the air intake control to thefresh air ( ) position.For maximum heat, move the tempera-ture control to "Warm".

B690A01MC-D


112 DEFROSTING/DEFOGGING

B720A01MC-AAT

Use the heating/ventilation system todefrost or defog the windshield:

To remove interior fog on the wind-shield:

o Set the air flow control to the defrost( ) position (The A/C will turn onautomatically.) and the air intake con-trol to the fresh air ( ) position.

o Set the temperature control to the de-sired position.

o Set the fan speed control between "1"and "4" position.

B720A01MC-D

NOTE:When the A/C is operated continuouslyon the floor-defrost level ( ) or defrostlevel ( ), it may cause fog to form onthe exterior windshield. If this occurs,set the air flow control to the face levelposition ( ) and fan speed control to thelow position.

To remove the frost or exterior fogon the windshield:

o Set the air flow control to the defrost( ) position (The A/C will turn onautomatically.) and the air intake con-trol to the fresh air ( ) position.

o Set the temperature control to warm.o Set the fan speed control to position

"3" or "4".

B720A02MC-D


113


113AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

B740A01MC-D

B740A01A-AAT

(If Installed)Air Conditioning Switch

The air conditioning is turned on by push-ing the A/C button on the heating/airconditioning control panel.

B740B02A-AAT

Air Conditioning Operation(Cooling)

To use the air conditioning to cool theinterior:

o Turn on the fan control switch.o Turn on the air conditioning switch by

pushing in on the switch.The air conditioning indicator lightshould come on at the same time.

o Set the temperature control to "Cool".("Cool" provides maximum cooling. Thetemperature may be moderated bymoving the control toward "Warm".)

o Adjust the fan control to the desiredspeed. For greater cooling, turn the fancontrol to one of the higher speeds ortemporarily select the ( )positionon the air intake control.

B740B01MC-D

B730A01L-AAT

Operation Tips

o To keep dust or unpleasant fumesfrom entering the car through the ven-tilation system, temporarily set the airintake control at the ( ) position.Be sure to return the control to the (

) position when the irritation haspassed to keep fresh air in the vehicle.This will help keep the driver alert andcomfortable.

o Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should be takenthat these are not blocked by leaves,snow, ice or other obstructions.

o To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air ( ) position, fan speed tothe desired position, turn on the airconditioning system, and adjust tem-perature control to desired tempera-ture.


114

B740D01A-AAT

Operation Tips

o If the interior of the car is hot when youfirst get in, open the windows for a fewminutes to expel the hot air.

o When you are using the air condition-ing system, keep all windows closed tokeep hot air out.

o When moving slowly, as in heavy traf-fic, shift to a lower gear.This increases engine speed, which inturn increases the speed of the airconditioning compressor.

o On steep grades, turn the air condi-tioning off to avoid the possibility of theengine overheating.

o During winter months or in periodswhen the air conditioning is not usedregularly, run the air conditioning onceevery month for a few minutes.This will help circulate the lubricantsand keep your system in peak operat-ing condition.

For dehumidified heating:

o Turn on the fan control switch.o Push the air conditioning switch. The

air conditioning indicator light shouldcome on at the same time.

o Set the air intake control switch to thefresh air ( ) position.

o Adjust the fan control to the desiredspeed.

o For more rapid action, set the fan atone of the higher speeds.

o Adjust the temperature control to pro-vide the desired amount of warmth.

B740C01MC-AAT

De-Humidified Heating

B740C01MC-D


115


115

B720A01MC-AAT

DEFROSTING/DEFOGGING

Use the heating/ventilation system to defrost or defog thewindshield:

To remove interior fog on the windshield;o Set the air flow control to the defrost ( ) position (The

A/C will turn on automatically.) and the air intake controlto the fresh air ( ) position.

o Set the temperature control to the desired position.o Set the fan speed control between "1" and "4" position.

To remove frost or exterior fog on the windshield;o Set the air flow control to the defrost ( ) position (The

A/C will turn on automatically.) and the air intake controlto the fresh air ( ) position.

o Set the temperature control to warm.o Set the fan speed control to position "3" or "4".

NOTE:When the A/C is operated continuously on the floor-defrost level ( ) or defrost level ( ), it may cause fog to formon the exterior windshield. If this occurs, set the air flow control to the face level position ( ) and fan speed controlto the low position.

OMC029102 OMC029103


116

!CAUTION:

o Replace the filter every 10,000 miles(15,000 km) or once a year. If the caris being driven in severe conditionssuch as dusty, rough roads, morefrequent climate control air filter in-spections and changes are required.

o When the air flow rate is decreased,the system should be checked at anauthorized dealer.

CLIMATE CONTROL AIRFILTER

B760A01MC

Inside ofa vehicle

Evaporator core FilterBlower

Outside air

Inside air

The climate control air filter is located infront of the evaporator unit behind theglove box.It operates to decrease the amount ofpollutants entering the car.To replace the climate control air filter,refer to the page 6-15.

B760A07A-AAT

(For evaporator and blow unit)


117


117STEREO SOUND SYSTEM

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FM broad-casts generally begin to fade at shortdistances from the station. Also, FM sig-nals are easily affected by buildings,mountains, or other obstructions. Thesecan result in certain listening conditionswhich might lead you to believe a prob-lem exists with your radio. The followingconditions are normal and do not indicateradio trouble:

AM broadcasts can be received at greaterdistances than FM broadcasts. This isbecause AM radio waves are transmittedat low frequencies. These long, low fre-quency radio waves can follow the curva-ture of the earth rather than travellingstraight out into the atmosphere. In addi-tion, they curve around obstructions sothat they can provide better signal cover-age.

B750A02A-AAT

How Car Audio Works

AM and FM radio signals are broadcastfrom transmitter towers located aroundyour city. They are intercepted by theradio antenna on your car. This signal isthen received by the radio and sent toyour car speakers.When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear.This can be due to factors such as thedistance from the radio station, close-ness of other strong radio stations or thepresence of buildings, bridges or otherlarge obstructions in the area.

Ionosphere

B750A02L

Mountains

Buildings

Obstructed area

Unobstructedarea

FM radio station

B750A03L

Ionosphere FM reception

B750A01L

Iron bridges

AM reception


118

o Station Swapping - As an FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency may be-gin to play. This is because your radiois designed to lock onto the clearestsignal. If this occurs, select anotherstation with a stronger signal.

o Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio sig-nals being received from several di-rections can cause distortion or flutter-ing. This can be caused by a direct andreflected signal from the same station,or by signals from two stations withclose frequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

o Fading - As your car moves away fromthe radio station, the signal willweaken and sound will begin to fade.When this occurs, we suggest that youselect another stronger station.

o Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering noisesto occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

B750A04L B750A05L

!

B750B05Y-AAT

Using a cellular phone or a two-wayradio

When a cellular phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use the cellu-lar phone at a place as far as possiblefrom the audio equipment.

WARNING:Hyundai recommends that you neveruse a cell phone while driving. This couldresult in loss of control, and an accidentthat may cause death, serious injury, orproperty damage. You must stop at asafe place to use a cellular phone.

NOTE:Some states and cities have regulationsprohibiting the use of cell phones whiledriving. You should be aware of the spe-cific requirements in your area.


119


119CARE OF DISCS

Storage

When not in use, place your discs in theirindividual cases and store them in a coolplace away from the sun, heat, and dust.Do not grip or pull out the disc with yourhand while the disc is being pulled intothe unit by the self loading mechanism.

Keep Your Discs Clean

B850A02F-AAT

Proper Handling

Handle your disc as shown. Do not dropthe disc. Hold the disc so you will notleave fingerprints on the surface. If thesurface is scratched, it may cause thepickup to skip signal tracks. Do not affixtape, paper, or gummed labels on thedisc. Do not write on the disc.

Damaged Disc

Do not attempt to play damaged, warpedor cracked discs. These could severelydamage the playback mechanism.

Fingerprints, dust, or soil on the surface ofa disc could cause the pickup to skipsignal tracks. Wipe the surface clean witha clean soft cloth.If the surface is heavily soiled, dampen aclean soft cloth in a solution of mild neu-tral detergent to wipe it clean.

B850A01L

B850A02L

ANTENNA

B870D02MC-AAT

MICRO ANTENNA

Your car uses the micro antenna to re-ceive AM, FM and Satellite Radio broad-cast signals. This antenna is removable.

OMC025111-1

CAUTION:o Before entering an automatic car

wash, remove by turning the antennacounterclockwise to prevent dam-age to the micro antenna. To installthe antenna, turn the antenna clock-wise.

o Be sure to remove the micro an-tenna before entering a garage witha low height or installing a car cover.

!


120 AUDIO SYSTEM

1. AM Selection Button2. FM Selection Button3. Automatic Channel Selection Button4. Power ON/OFF & Volume Control

Button5. SCAN Button6. MUTE Button7. SETUP Button8. TUNE/ENTER Button9. PRESET Button

OMCAU01-A

PA710A01MC-AAT

RADIO, SETUP, VOLUME CONTROL (PA710) (If Installed)


121121

PA710B01MC-AAT

1. AM Selection Button

Turns to AM mode, and toggles in theorder of AM1➟AM2➟···➟AM1···when thebutton is pressed each time.

2. FM Selection Button

Turns to FM mode and toggles FM1 andFM2 when the button is pressed eachtime.

3. Automatic Channel Selection But-ton

o When the [SEEK ] button is pressed,it reduces the band frequency by200khz to automatically select chan-nel. Stops at the previous frequency ifno channel is found.

o When the [SEEK ] button is pressed,it increases the band frequency by50khz to automatically select channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.

4. Power ON/OFF & Volume ControlButton

Turns on/off the set when the IGNITIONSWITCH is on ACC or ON. If the button isturned to the right, it increases the vol-ume and left, decreases the volume.

5. SCAN Button

If this button is pressed, the frequencieswill become increased and receive thecorresponding broadcasts.This function will play the frequencies for10 seconds each and find other broad-casts as the frequency increases.Press the button again when desiring tocontinue listening to the currently playingbroadcast.

6. MUTE Button

Press to temporarily cut off the sound.

7. SETUP Button

Press this button to turn to the SCROLLand AUDIO adjustment mode.If no action is taken for 5 seconds afterpressing the button, it will return to theplay mode.(After entering SETUP mode,move between items using the left, rightand PUSH functions of the TUNE button.)

8. TUNE/ENTER Button

Turn this button clockwise one notch toincrease frequency from current fre-quency.Turn this button counterclockwise by onenotch to decrease frequency from currentfrequency.The frequency changes by 0.2Mhz in FMMODE and 9Khz in AM MODE.Press this button while holding SETUPbutton to activate / inactivate the item to.Select SETUP item using left and rightfunction of the Tune button.

9. PRESET Button

Push [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 secondto play the channel saved in each button.Push PRESET button for 0.8 second orlonger to save current channel to therespective button with a beep.


122

! CAUTION:o Do not place beverages close to the

audio system. The audio systemmechanism may be damaged if youspill them.

o Do not strike or allow anything toimpact the audio system, damage tothe system mechanisms could oc-cur.


123123

PA710C01MC-AAT

CD (PA710) (If Installed)- Compatiable with MP3/WMA/WAVE

1. CD Loading Slot2. CD Indicator3. CD Eject Button4. CD Selection Button5. AUX Selection Button6. Automatic Track Selection Button7. Information Display Button8. TUNE/ENTER Button9. RANDOM Play Button10. REPEAT Button11. SCAN Play Button12. FOLDER Button

OMCAU03-B


124

PA710D01MC-AAT

1. CD Loading Slot

Please face printed side upward andgently push in. When the ignition switchis on ACC or ON and power is off, poweris automatically turned on if the CD isloaded. This CDP supports only 12 cmCD. If VCD or Data CD is loaded, "Er-6"message will appear and CD will beejected.

2. CD Indicator

When ignition switch is ACC or ON and ifthe CD is loaded, this indicator is lighted.If the CD is ejected the light is turned off.

3. CD Eject Button

Push button to eject the CD. Thisbutton is enabled when ignition switch isoff.

4. CD Selection Button

If there is a CD in the CDP DECK it playsthe CD.Press CD button to automatically insertCD when the disc is ejected from the deckby pressing CD EJECT.

NOTE:o Do not stick paper or tape etc., on

the label side or the recording sideof any discs, as it may cause amalfunction.

o Depending on the recording status,some CD-Rs/CD-RWs may not beplayed on this unit.

o Playback of MP3 and WMA file for-mats are supported. Load to playtime for these formats may be longerdue to the compressed nature ofthese discs.

5. AUX Selection Button

If the auxiliary device is connected, itturns to AUX MODE to play the soundfrom the auxiliary player.

o When the AUX device is discon-nected while in AUX-IN mode, theunit automatically switches its modeto last selected mode (CD mode orRADIO mode).

o The quality of sound may be de-fected or distorted when the unit'sEQ control and AUX device's EQcontrol are both enabled (not flat).When you want to use the unit's EQcontrol feature, disable the AUXdevice's EQ control feature, and viceversa.

o To prevent noise, the AUX deviceswith adjustable volume levels musthave the volume adjusted high.

o If an external power connector isconnected to the vehicle, noise maybe introduced to the sound. If noise isheard, verify the AUX device volumeis turned up, then test the sound withthe power cable disconnected. Ifnecessary, use the AUX device pow-ered from its internal battery, or pur-chase a ground loop isolator to con-nect the AUX device to the vehicle.

AUX 3.5mm STEREO MINI PLUG

NOTE :o If the AUX device is not connected,

you cannot switch to AUX-IN mode.


125125

6. Automatic Track Selection Button

o Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 second to play from the beginningof current song.

o Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 second and press again within 1second to play the previous song.

o Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 or longerto initiate reverse direction high speedsound search of current song.

o Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 second to play the next song.

o Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 or longerto initiate high speed sound search ofcurrent song.

7. Information Display Button

Displays the information of the currentCD TRACK in the order of DISC TITLE➟DISC ARTIST➟TRACK TITLE➟ TRACKARTIST➟TOTAL TRACK➟ Play Screen➟DISC TITLE➟···.(not displayed if the in-formation is not available on the DISC.)


Turn this button clockwise to displaysongs after current song.Also, turn this button counterclockwise todisplay songs before current song.To listen to the displayed song, press thebutton to skip to the song and play.

9. RANDOM Play Button

Turns on/off the randomization of the playlist of files in the currently played DISC.To cancel the mode, press the key onceagain.

10. REPEAT Button

Repeats current song when the button ispressed for less than 0.8 second.Repeats current folder when the button ispressed for 0.8 second or longer. (If thereis no folder, entire disc will be repeated.)

11. SCAN Play Button

Plays first 10 seconds of each song in theDISC. To cancel the mode, press the keyonce again.

12. FOLDER Button

Folder up/down operationo Folder is moved up or down from cur-

rently playing and folder name be-comes displayed.

o Press enter key to play the selectedfolder.

o If the enter key is not pressed within 5seconds, then the previous folder namewill be displayed again.

NOTE:o To assure proper operation of the

unit, keep the vehicle interior tem-perature within a normal range byusing the vehicle's air conditioningor heating system.

o When replacing the fuse, replace itwith a fuse having the correct capac-ity.

o All stored bookmarks are all erasedwhen the car battery is disconnectedor power to the vehicle is lost. If thisoccurs, the bookmarks will have tobe reset.

o This equipment is designed to beused only in a 12 volt DC batterysystem with negative ground.

o This unit is made of precision parts.Do not attempt to disassemble oradjust any parts.

o When driving your vehicle, be sure tokeep the volume of the unit set lowenough to allow you to hear soundscoming from the outside.

o Do not expose this equipment (in-cluding the speakers and CD) to wateror excessive moisture.


126

! CAUTION:o Do not insert warped or poor quality

discs into the CD player as damageto the unit may occur.

o Do not insert anything like coins intothe player slot as damage to the unitmay occur.

o Do not place beverages close to theaudio system. The playback mecha-nism may be damaged if you spillthem.


o Off-road or rough surface driving maycause the compact disc to skip. Donot use the compact disc when driv-ing in such conditions as damage tothe compact disc face could occur.

o Do not attempt to grab or pull thecompact disc out while the disc isbeing pulled into the audio unit by theself-loading mechanism. Damage tothe audio unit and compact disc couldoccur.


127127

PA710SA01MC-AAT

RADIO, SETUP, VOLUME CONTROL (PA710S) (If Installed)

1. AM Selection Button2. FM Selection Button3. XM Selection Button4. Automatic Channel Selection Button5. Power ON/OFF & Volume Control

Button6. SCAN Button7. MUTE Button8. SETUP Button9. Information Display Button10. CAT(FOLDER) Button11. TUNE/ENTER Button12. PRESET Button

OMCAU02-A


128

PA710SB01MC-AAT

1. AM Selection Button

Turns to AM mode, and toggles in theorder of AM1➟AM2➟···➟AM1···when thebutton is pressed each time.

2. FM Selection Button

Turns to FM mode and toggles FM1 andFM2 when the button is pressed eachtime.

3. XM Selection Button

Turns to XM mode, and toggles in theorder of XM1➟XM2➟XM3➟···➟XM1···when the button is pressed each time.

4. Automatic Channel Selection But-ton

o When the [SEEK ] button is pressed,it reduces the band frequency by200khz to automatically select chan-nel. Stops at the previous frequency ifno channel is found.

o When the [SEEK ] button is pressed,it increases the band frequency by50khz to automatically select channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.

5. Power ON/OFF & Volume ControlButton

Turns on/off the set when the ignitionswitch is on ACC or ON. If the button isturned to the right, it increases the volumeand left, decreases the volume.

6. SCAN Button

If this button is pressed, the frequencieswill become increased and receive thecorresponding broadcasts.This function will play the frequencies for10 seconds each and find other broad-casts as the frequency increases.Press the button again when desiring tocontinue listening to the currently playingbroadcast.

7. MUTE Button

Press to temporarily cut off the sound.

8. SETUP Button

Press this button to turn to the XM option,SCROLL and AUDIO adjustment mode.If no action is taken for 5 seconds afterpressing the button, it will return to theplay mode.(After entering SETUP mode,move between items using the left, rightand PUSH functions of the TUNE button.)


Information Display function operation(Information is displayed each time (the)Key is pressed)Pressing the Title ➟Artist ➟Album➟Category➟Channel➟ Title-KEY for 3 sec-onds will display the corresponding textthen become restored.

Text Scroll operationAfter pressing (the) Key, if the text to bedisplayed is longer than the LCD text line,then rotating the Tune Knob will operatethe Page up function displaying 8 charac-ters for 3 seconds each - displays themaximum lines of text supported by XM.


129129

10. CAT(FOLDER) Button

Moves [CAT ] Button when CategoryUp search operation.o Category is moved Up from the cat-

egory currently being received andCategory Name becomes displayed.

o If the Enter Key is not pressed within 5seconds, then the previous mode willbe restored.

o If the Key is pressed while in the lastCategory, then the first category willbecome displayed and operation willbe repeated.

o Corresponding category can be se-lected by pressing ENTER. Moves[CAT ] Button when Category Downsearch operation.

o Category is moved Down from the cat-egory currently being received andCategory Name becomes displayed.

o If the Enter Key is not pressed within 5seconds, then the previous mode willbe restored.

o If the [CAT ] Key is pressed while inthe first Category, then the last cat-egory will become displayed and op-eration will be repeated.

o Corresponding category can be se-lected by pressing ENTER.


Turn this button clockwise by one notch toincrease or decrease frequency in FM orAM MODE. The frequency changes by0.2Mhz in FM MODE and 10Khz in AMMODE.In XM MODE, turn this button to explorethe channel and press this button selectthe channel.Press this button while holding SETUPbutton to activate / inactivate the item to.Select SETUP item using left and rightfunction of the Tune button.

12. PRESET Button

Push [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 secondto play the channel saved in each button.Push PRESET button for 0.8 second orlonger to save current channel to therespective button with a beep.

! CAUTION:o Do not place beverages close to the

audio system. The playback mecha-nism may be damaged if you spillthem.



130

OMCAU04-B

PA710SC01MC-AAT

CD (PA710S) (If Installed)- Compatiable with MP3/WMA/WAVE

1. CD Loading Slot2. CD Indicator3. CD Eject Button4. CD/AUX Selection Button5. Automatic Track Selection Button6. Information Display Button7. TUNE/ENTER Button8. RANDOM Play Button9. REPEAT Button10. SCAN Play Button11. FOLDER Button


131131

PA710SD01MC-AAT

1. CD Loading Slot

Please face printed side upward andgently push in. When the ignition switchis on ACC or ON and power is off, poweris automatically turned on if the CD isloaded. This CDP supports only 12 cmCD. If VCD or Data CD is loaded, "Er-6"message will appear and CD will beejected.

2. CD Indicator

When car ignition switch is ACC or ONand if the CD is loaded, this indicator islighted. If the CD is ejected the light isturned off.

3. CD Eject Button

Push button to eject the CD. Thisbutton is enabled when ignition switch isoff.

4. CD/AUX Selection Button

If there is a CD in the CDP DECK it turnsto CD mode, and if a device is connectedto AUX then it toggles.CD➟AUX➟CD··· when the button ispressed each time.(It will not turn to AUXif the auxiliary device is not connected.)

NOTE:o Do not stick paper or tape etc., on the

label side or the recording side ofany discs, as it may cause a mal-function.

o Depending on the recording status,some CD-Rs/CD-RWs may not beplayed on this unit.

o Playback of MP3 and WMA file for-mats are supported. Load to playtime for these formats may be longerdue to the compressed nature ofthese discs.

AUX 3.5mm STEREO MINI PLUG

NOTE :o If the AUX device is not connected,

you cannot switch to AUX-IN mode.o When the AUX device is discon-

nected while in AUX-IN mode, theunit automatically switches its modeto last selected mode (CD mode orRADIO mode).

o The quality of sound may be de-fected or distorted when the unit'sEQ control and AUX device's EQcontrol are both enabled (not flat).When you want to use the unit's EQcontrol feature, disable the AUXdevice's EQ control feature, and viceversa.

o To prevent noise, the AUX deviceswith adjustable volume levels musthave the volume adjusted high.


132

o If an external power connector isconnected to the vehicle, noise maybe introduced to the sound. If noise isheard, verify the AUX device volumeis turned up, then test the sound withthe power cable disconnected. Ifnecessary, use the AUX device pow-ered from its internal battery, or pur-chase a ground loop isolator to con-nect the AUX device to the vehicle.

5. Automatic Track Selection Button

o Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 second to play from the beginningof current song.

o Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 second and press again within 1second to play the previous song.

o Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 or longerto initiate reverse direction high speedsound search of current song.

o Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 second to play the next song.

o Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 or longerto initiate high speed sound search ofcurrent song.


Displays the information of the currentCD TRACK in the order of DISC TITLE➟DISC ARTIST➟TRACK TITLE➟ TRACKARTIST➟TOTAL TRACK➟Play Screen➟DISC TITLE➟···.(not displayed if the in-formation is not available on the DISC.)


Turn this button clockwise to displaysongs after current song.Also, turn this button counterclockwise todisplay songs before current song.To listen to the displayed song, press thebutton to skip to the song and play.

8. RANDOM Play Button

Turns on/off the randomization of the playlist of files in the currently played DISC.To cancel the mode, press the key onceagain.

9. REPEAT Button

Repeats current song when the button ispressed for less than 0.8 seconds.Repeats current folder when the button ispressed for 0.8 second or longer. (If thereis no folder, entire disc will be repeated.)

10. SCAN Play Button

Plays first 10 seconds of each song in theDISC. To cancel the mode, press the keyonce again.

11. FOLDER Button

Folder up/down operationo Folder is moved up or down from cur-

rently playing and folder name be-comes displayed.

o Press enter key to play the selectedfolder.

o If the enter key is not pressed within 5seconds, then the previous folder namewill be displayed again.

NOTE:o To assure proper operation of the

unit, keep the vehicle interior tem-perature within a normal range byusing the vehicle's air conditioningor heating system.

o When replacing the fuse, replace itwith a fuse having the correct capac-ity.

o All stored bookmarks are all erasedwhen the car battery is disconnectedor power to the vehicle is lost. If thisoccurs, the bookmarks will have tobe reset.


133133

o This equipment is designed to beused only in a 12 volt DC batterysystem with negative ground.

o This unit is made of precision parts.Do not attempt to disassemble oradjust any parts.

o When driving your vehicle, be sure tokeep the volume of the unit set lowenough to allow you to hear soundscoming from the outside.

o Do not expose this equipment (in-cluding the speakers and CD) to wateror excessive moisture.

! CAUTION:o Do not insert warped or poor quality

discs into the CD player as damageto the unit may occur.

o Do not insert anything like coins intothe player slot as damage to the unitmay occur.

o Do not place beverages close to theaudio system. The playback mecha-nism may be damaged if you spillthem.


o Off-road or rough surface driving maycause the compact disc to skip. Donot use the compact disc when driv-ing in such conditions as damage tothe compact disc face could occur.

o Do not attempt to grab or pull thecompact disc out while the disc isbeing pulled into the audio unit by theself-loading mechanism. Damage tothe audio unit and compact disc couldoccur.

Engine Exhaust can be Dangerous! ............................. 2-2Before Starting the Engine ............................................ 2-3Key Positions ................................................................ 2-4Starting .......................................................................... 2-5Operating the Manual Transaxle ................................... 2-6Automatic Transaxle ..................................................... 2-9Anti-Lock Brake System ............................................. 2-13Good Braking Practices .............................................. 2-14Driving for Economy ................................................... 2-15Winter Driving ............................................................. 2-16Trailer Towing ............................................................. 2-20Vehicle Load Limit ....................................................... 2-20


22

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2

! WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!C010A03A-AAT

Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open thewindows immediately.

o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death byasphyxiation.

o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you heara change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have the exhaustsystem checked as soon as possible by your Hyundai dealer.

o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in yourgarage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.

o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open areawith the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.If you must drive with the trunk lid/ tail gate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshieldare kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.


3

2

!

BEFORE STARTING THEENGINE

C020A03A-AAT

Before you start the engine, you shouldalways:

1. Look around the vehicle to be surethere are no flat tires, puddles of oil orwater or other indications of possibletrouble.

2. After entering the car, check to besure the parking brake is engaged.

3. Check that all windows, and lights areclean.

4. Check that the interior and exteriormirrors are clean and in position.

5. Check your seat, seatback and head-rest to be sure they are in their properpositions.

6. Lock all the doors.7. Fasten your seat belt and be sure that

all other occupants have fastenedtheirs.

8. Turn off all lights and accessories thatare not needed.

9. When you turn the ignition switch to"ON", check that all appropriate warn-ing lights are operating and that youhave sufficient fuel.

10. Check the operation of warning lightsand all bulbs when key is in the "ON"position.

PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:Engine exhaust and a wide variety ofautomobile components and parts, in-cluding components found in the inte-rior furnishings in a vehicle, contain oremit chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birthdefects and reproductive harm. In addi-tion, certain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of componentwear contain or emit chemicals knownto the State of California to cause can-cer and birth defects or other reproduc-tive harm.

! WARNING:o Always wear appropriate shoes

when operating your vehicle. Unsuit-able shoes (high heels, ski boots,etc.) may interfere with your abilityto use the brake and acceleratorpedal, and the clutch (if installed).

o All passengers must be properlybelted whenever the vehicle is mov-ing. Refer to pages: 1-22 through 1-31 for more information on theirproper use.

o Always check the surrounding ar-eas near your vehicle for people,especially children, before putting acar into 'drive'.

o When you intend to park or stop thevehicle with the engine on, be carefulnot to depress the accelerator pedalfor a long period of time. It may over-heat the engine or exhaust systemand cause fire.


4

C040A02A-AAT

WARNING:The engine should not be turned off orthe key removed from the ignition keycylinder while the vehicle is in motion.The steering wheel is locked by remov-ing the key.

o "START"

The engine is started in this position. Itwill crank until you release the key.

!

KEY POSITIONS

C040A01E-1

LOCK

ACC

ON

START

NOTE:Do not hold the key in the "START"position for more than 15 seconds.

o "ON"

When the key is in the "ON" position, theignition is on and all accessories may beturned on. If the engine is not running, thekey should not be left in the "ON" position.This will discharge the battery and mayalso damage the ignition system.

o "ACC"

With the key in the "ACC" position, someelectrical accessories (radio, etc.) may beoperated.

o "LOCK"

The key can be removed or inserted inthis position. To protect against theft, thesteering wheel locks by removing thekey.

NOTE:If difficulty is experienced turning theignition switch to the ACC position, turnthe key while turning the steering wheelright and left to release the tension.

TO START THE ENGINE

C030A01A-AAT

COMBINATION IGNITION SWITCH

o If your Hyundai is equipped with amanual transaxle, place the shift leverin neutral and depress the clutch pedalfully.

o If your Hyundai has an automatictransaxle, place the shift lever in "P"(park).

o To start the engine, insert the ignitionkey and turn it to the "START" position.Release it as soon as the engine starts.Do not hold the key in the "START"position for more than 15 seconds.

NOTE:o For safety, the engine will not start if

the clutch pedal is not depressedfully (Manual Transaxle) or the shiftlever is not in "P" or "N" Position(Automatic Transaxle).

o The ignition key cannot be turnedfrom "ACC" position to "LOCK" po-sition unless the shift lever is in the"P" (Park) position or the negativebattery terminal is disconnectedfrom the battery. (For AutomaticTransaxle)


5

2

C070C01A-AAT

To Remove the Ignition Key

1. Turn the ignition key to the "ACC"position.

2. Simultaneously push and turn the igni-tion key counterclockwise from the"ACC" position to the "LOCK" position.

3. The key can be removed in the "LOCK"position.

C070C01E-1

LOCK

ACC

ON

START

STARTING

C050A01A-AAT

WARNING:Never run the engine in a closed orpoorly ventilated area any longer thanis needed to move your car in or out ofthe area. The carbon monoxide gasemitted is odorless and can cause se-rious injury or death.

C050A01E-1

!

LOCK ON

START

C050B02A-AAT

Normal Conditions:

The Starting Procedure:

1. Insert key, and fasten the seat belt.2. Depress the clutch pedal fully and

place the gearshift lever (manualtransaxle) in neutral or the selectorlever (automatic transaxle) in "P" (park)position.

3. After turning the ignition key to the"ON" position, make certain all warn-ing lights and gauges are functioningproperly before starting the engine.

WARNING:Be sure that the clutch is fully de-pressed when starting a manualtransaxle vehicle. Your manualtransaxle equipped vehicle will notstart unless the clutch pedal is fullydepressed. On a manual transaxleequipped vehicle that can be startedwithout depressing the clutch,there is the potential to cause damageto the vehicle or injury to someoneinside or outside the vehicle as a resultof the forward or backward movementof the vehicle that will occur if the clutchis not depressed when the vehicle isstarted.

!


6

!

NOTE:o To shift into reverse, rest the lever

in neutral for at least 3 seconds afteryour car is completely stopped. Thenmove the lever into the reverse po-sition.

o During cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transaxle lubricanthas warmed up. This is normal andnot harmful to the transaxle.

o If you've come to a complete stopand it's hard to shift into 1st orR(Reverse), put the shift lever inN(Neutral) position and release theclutch. Press the clutch pedal backdown, and then shift into 1st orR(Reverse) gear position.

o Do not use the shift lever as ahandrest during driving, as this canresult in premature wear of thetransaxle shift forks.

OPERATING THE MANUALTRANSAXLE

C070A01MC-GAT

Your Hyundai's manual transaxle hasfive forward gears and one reverse gear.This shift pattern is also imprinted on theshift knob. The transaxle is fully synchro-nized in all forward gears so shifting toeither a higher or a lower gear is easilyaccomplished.When shifting into reverse gear, pull themis-shift prevention tab and shift into re-verse gear position.

OMC035013

4. Turn the ignition key to the "Start" po-sition and release it when the enginestarts.After the engine has started, allow theengine to run for 10 to 20 secondsprior to placing the vehicle in gear.The starter should not be operated formore than 15 seconds at a time. Wait15-30 seconds between starting at-tempts to protect the starter from over-heating.

WARNING:Always fully depress the brake pedalbefore and while shifting out of the "P"Park position into another position toavoid inadvertent motion of the vehiclewhich could injure persons in or aroundthe car.


7

2

! CAUTION:o Do not downshift more than 2 gears

or downshift the gear when the en-gine is running at high speed (5,000RPM or higher). Such downshiftingmay damage the engine.

o When downshifting from fifth gear tofourth gear, caution should be takennot to inadvertently press the gearshift lever sideways in such a man-ner that second gear is engaged.Such a drastic downshift may causethe engine speed to increase to thepoint that the tachometer will enterthe red zone. Such over revving ofthe engine may possibly cause en-gine damage.

The shift points as shown above arerecommended for optimum fuel economyand performance.

C070E03A-AAT

RECOMMENDED SHIFT POINTSC070B01A-AAT

Using the Clutch

The clutch should be pressed all the wayto the floor before shifting, then releasedslowly. Do not rest your foot on the clutchpedal while driving. This can cause un-necessary wear.Do not partially engage the clutch to holdthe car on an incline. This causes unnec-essary wear. Use the parking brake tohold the car on an incline. Do not operatethe clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly.

Shift

from-to

Recommended

mph(km/h)

15 (20)

25 (40)

35 (55)

45 (75)

1-2

2-3

3-4

4-5


8

!o Exercise extreme caution when driv-

ing on a slippery surface. Be espe-cially careful when braking, accelerat-ing or shifting gears. On a slipperysurface, an abrupt change in vehiclespeed can cause the drive wheels tolose traction and the vehicle to go outof control.

WARNING:o Always buckle-up! In a collision, an

unbelted occupant is significantlymore likely to be seriously injured orkilled than a properly belted occu-pant.

o Avoid high speeds when corneringor turning.

o Do not make quick steering wheelmovements, such as sharp lanechanges or fast, sharp turns.

o The risk of rollover is greatly in-creased if you lose control of yourvehicle at highway speeds.

o Loss of control often occurs if two ormore wheels drop off the roadwayand the driver oversteers to reenterthe roadway.

o In the event your vehicle leaves theroadway, do not steer sharply. In-stead, slow down before pulling backinto the travel lanes.

o Never exceed posted speed limits.

C070D03O-AAT

Good Driving Practices

o Never take the car out of gear andcoast down a hill. This is extremelyhazardous. Always leave the car ingear.

o Don't "ride" the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction. In-stead, when you are driving down along hill, slow down and shift to a lowergear. When you do this, engine brak-ing will help slow the car.

o Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. This will help avoid over-revvingthe engine, which can cause damage.

o Slow down when you encounter crosswinds. This gives you much bettercontrol of your car.

o Be sure the car is completely stoppedbefore you attempt to shift into reverse.The transaxle can be damaged if youdo not. To shift into reverse, depressthe clutch, move the shift lever to neu-tral, wait three seconds, then shift tothe reverse position.


9

2AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

C090A01A-AAT

The highly efficient Hyundai automatictransaxle has four forward speeds andone reverse speed. It has a conventionalshift pattern as shown in the illustration.

OMC035014

CAUTION:Never shift into "R" or "P" positionwhile the car is moving.

!

NOTE:Depress the brake pedal and pushthe button when shifting

Push the button when shifting

The selector lever can be shiftedfreely.

For optimum fuel economy, accelerategradually. The transaxle will automati-cally shift to the second, third and over-drive gears.

C090B02A-AAT

The function of each position is asfollows:

o P (Park):

Use to hold the vehicle in place whenparking or while starting the engine.Whenever parking the car, apply the park-ing brake and shift the selector lever tothe "P" (Park) position.

CAUTION:Never place the selector lever in the"P" (Park) position unless the vehicle isfully stopped. Failure to observe thiscaution will cause severe damage tothe transaxle.

!


10

C090H01A-AAT

NOTE:o For smooth and safe operation, de-

press the brake pedal when shiftingfrom "Neutral" position or "Park"position to a forward or reverse gear.

o The ignition key must be in the "ON"position and the brake pedal fullydepressed in order to move the shiftlever from the "P" (Park) position toany of the other positions.

o It is always possible to shift from"R", "N", "D", "2", "L" position to "P"position.

C090G01A-AAT

o L (Low gear):

Use for driving up a very steep grade orfor engine braking when descendingsteep hills. When downshifting to "L", thetransaxle will temporarily remain in sec-ond gear until the vehicle has slowedenough for low gear to engage. Do notexceed 31 mph (50 km/h) in low gear.

C090F01A-AAT

o 2 (Second gear):

Use for driving on a slippery road, hillclimbing or engine braking downhill. "2"automatically shifts between first andsecond gears.This means that no shift-up to 3rd gear isperformed. However, the shift-up to thirdgear is done when the car speed ex-ceeds a certain value to prevent the en-gine from over-revving.Manually move the selector to "D" return-ing to normal driving condition.

C090C01A-AAT

o R(Reverse):

Use for backing up the vehicle. Bring thecar to a complete stop before shifting theselector lever to "R" position.

C090D02A-AAT

o N (Neutral):

In the "N" position, the transaxle is inneutral position, which means that nogears are engaged. The engine can bestarted with the shift lever in "N" position,although this is not recommended exceptif the engine stalls while the car is mov-ing.

C090E02A-AAT

o D (Drive):

Use for normal driving. Bring the car to acomplete stop before shifting the selectorto "D" position. The transaxle will auto-matically shift through a four-gear se-quence. Never downshift manually to "2"position or "L" position when vehiclespeed is more than 60 mph (96 km/h).


11

2

C090I05A-AAT

CAUTION:o Shift into "R", "D" and "P" position

only when the vehicle has completelystopped.

o Do not accelerate the engine in re-verse or any of the forward positionswith the brakes applied.

o Always apply the footbrake whenshifting from "P" or "N", to "R", "D","2" or "L" position.

o Do not use the "P" (Park) position inplace of the parking brake. Alwaysset the parking brake, shift thetransaxle into "P" (Park) position andturn off the ignition when you leavethe vehicle, even momentarily. Neverleave the vehicle unattended whilethe engine is running.

o When accelerating from a stop on asteep hill, the vehicle may have atendency to roll backwards. Shiftingthe shift lever into 2nd gear will helpprevent the vehicle from rolling back-wards.

!o Check the automatic transaxle fluid

level regularly, and add fluid as nec-essary.

o See the maintenance schedule forthe proper fluid recommendation.

C090P01A-AAT

Overdrive Switch

When the overdrive switch is turned on,the transaxle will automatically upshift tothe second, third and overdrive gears.When the overdrive switch is turned off,the transaxle will not upshift to the over-drive gear. For normal driving, the selec-tor lever should be left in the "D" positionand the overdrive switch turned on.If you need to accelerate rapidly, pressthe accelerator pedal all the way to thefloor. The transaxle will automatically shiftto a lower gear, depending on the vehiclespeed and load.

OMC035016


12

WARNING:o Always buckle-up! In a collision, an

unbelted occupant is significantlymore likely to be seriously injured orkilled than a properly belted occu-pant.

o Avoid high speeds when corneringor turning.

o Do not make quick steering wheelmovements, such as sharp lanechanges or fast, sharp turns.

o The risk of rollover is greatly in-creased if you lose control of yourvehicle at highway speeds.

o Loss of control often occurs if two ormore wheels drop off the roadwayand the driver oversteers to reenterthe roadway.

o In the event your vehicle leaves theroadway, do not steer sharply. In-stead, slow down before pulling backinto the travel lanes.

o Never exceed posted speed limits.

!o Exercise extreme caution when driv-

ing on a slippery surface. Be espe-cially careful when braking, accelerat-ing or shifting gears. On a slipperysurface, an abrupt change in vehiclespeed can cause the drive wheels tolose traction and the vehicle to go outof control.

o Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothly de-pressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.

o Turn the overdrive switch on for goodfuel economy and smooth driving. Ifengine braking is needed in the "D"range or if repeated upshifting anddownshifting between the 3rd and 4thgear is needed when climbing a gentleslope, it is recommended that the over-drive switch be turned off. Turn theoverdrive switch back on immediatelyafterward.

C090N07A-AAT

Good Driving Practices

o Never move the gear selector leverfrom "P" or "N" to any other positionwith the accelerator pedal depressed.

o Never move the gear selector leverinto "P" when the vehicle is in motion.

o Be sure the car is completely stoppedbefore you attempt to shift into "R" or"D".

o Never take the car out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may be ex-tremely hazardous. Always leave thecar in gear when moving.

o Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, slow down and shiftto a lower gear. When you do this,engine braking will help slow the car.

o Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. Otherwise, the lower gear maynot be engaged.

o Always use the parking brake. Do notdepend on placing the transaxle in "P"to keep the car from moving.


13

2

!o If your vehicle becomes stuck in

snow, mud, sand, etc., then you mayattempt to rock the vehicle free bymoving it forward and backward. Donot attempt this procedure if peopleor objects are anywhere near thevehicle. During the rocking opera-tion the vehicle may suddenly moveforward of backward as it becomesunstuck, causing injury to nearbypeople or damage to objects.

WARNING: ! WARNING:ABS will not prevent accidents due toimproper or dangerous driving maneu-vers. Even though vehicle control isimproved during emergency braking,always maintain a safe distance be-tween you and objects ahead. Vehiclespeeds should always be reduced dur-ing extreme road conditions.The braking distance for cars equippedwith an anti-lock braking system maybe longer than for those without it in thefollowing road conditions.During these conditions the veicleshould be driven at reduced speeds.

o Rough, gravel or snow-coveredroads.

o With tire chains installed.o On roads where the road surface is

pitted or has different surface height.

These roads should be driven at re-duced speeds. The safety features ofan ABS equipped vehicle should not betested by high speed driving or corner-ing. This could endanger the safety ofyourself or others.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYS-TEM

C120A01MC-AAT

(If Installed)

The Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) isdesigned to prevent wheel lock-up dur-ing sudden braking or on hazardous roadsurfaces. The ABS control module moni-tors the wheel speed and controls thepressure applied to each brake. Thus, inemergency situations or on slick roads,ABS will increase vehicle control duringbraking.

NOTE:o A click sound may be heard in the

engine compartment when the ve-hicle begins to move after the engineis started. These conditions are nor-mal and indicate that the anti-lockbrake system is functioning prop-erly.

o During ABS operation, a slight pulsa-tion may be felt in the brake pedalwhen the brakes are applied. Also, anoise may be heard in the enginecompartment while braking. Theseconditions are normal and indicatethat the anti-lock brake system isfunctioning properly.


14

o After being parked, check to be surethe parking brake is not engaged andthat the parking brake indicator light isout before driving away.

o Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the car is washed. Wet brakescan be dangerous! Your car will notstop as quickly if the brakes are wet.Wet brakes may cause the car to pullto one side. To dry the brakes, applythe brakes lightly until the braking ac-tion returns to normal, taking care tokeep the car under control at all times.If the braking action does not return tonormal, stop as soon as it is safe to doso and call your Hyundai dealer forassistance.

o Don't coast down hills with the car outof gear. This is extremely hazardous.Keep the car in gear at all times, usethe brakes to slow down, then shift toa lower gear so that engine brakingwill help you maintain a safe speed.

o Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Restingyour foot on the brake pedal whiledriving can be dangerous because itcan result in the brakes overheatingand losing their effectiveness. It alsoincreases the wear of the brake com-ponents.

o If a tire goes flat while you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thecar pointed straight ahead while youslow down. When you are movingslowly enough for it to be safe to do so,pull off the road and stop in a safeplace.

o If your car is equipped with an auto-matic transaxle, don't let your car creepforward. To avoid creeping forward,keep your foot firmly on the brake pedalwhen the car is stopped.

o Use caution when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brake andplace the gear selector lever in "P"(automatic transaxle) or in first or re-verse gear (manual transaxle). If yourcar is facing downhill, turn the frontwheels into the curb to help keep thecar from rolling. If your car is facinguphill, turn the front wheels away fromthe curb to help keep the car fromrolling. If there is no curb or if it isrequired by other conditions to keepthe car from rolling, block the wheels.

GOOD BRAKING PRACTICES

!

C130A02A-AAT

WARNING:o Whenever leaving vehicle or park-

ing, always set the parking brake asfar as possible and fully engage thevehicle's transaxle into the park po-sition. Vehicles not fully engaged inpark with the parking brake set areat risk for moving inadvertently andinjuring yourself or others.

o All vehicles should always have theparking brake fully engaged whenparking to avoid inadvertent move-ment of the car which can injureoccupants or pedestrians.

o Nothing should be carried on top ofthe shelf panel behind the rear seat.If there were an accident or a suddenstop, such objects could move for-ward and cause damage to the ve-hicle or injure the occupants.


15

2DRIVING FOR ECONOMY

C140A02A-AAT

You can save fuel and get more milesfrom your car if you follow these sugges-tions:

o Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a mod-erate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit"starts or full-throttle shifts and maintaina steady cruising speed. Don't racebetween stoplights. Try to adjust yourspeed to that of the other traffic so youdon't have to change speeds unnec-essarily. Avoid heavy traffic wheneverpossible. Always maintain a safe dis-tance from other vehicles so you canavoid unnecessary braking. This alsoreduces brake wear.

o Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your car uses.Driving at a moderate speed, espe-cially on the highway, is one of themost effective ways to reduce fuel con-sumption.

o Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal.This can increase fuel consumptionand also increase wear on these com-ponents. In addition, driving with yourfoot resting on the brake pedal maycause the brakes to overheat, whichreduces their effectiveness and maylead to more serious consequences.

o Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk that theparking brake may freeze, apply it onlytemporarily while you put the gearselector lever in "P" (automatic) or infirst or reverse gear (manual transaxle)and block the rear wheels so the carcannot roll. Then release the parkingbrake.

o Do not hold the vehicle on the upgradewith the accelerator pedal. This cancause the transaxle to overheat. Al-ways use the brake pedal or parkingbrake.

o Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pressure.Incorrect inflation, either too much ortoo little, results in unnecessary tirewear. Check the tire pressures at leastonce a month.

o Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment can re-sult from hitting curbs or driving too fastover irregular surfaces. Poor align-ment causes faster tire wear and mayalso result in other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

o Keep your car in good condition. Forbetter fuel economy and reduced main-tenance costs, maintain your car inaccordance with the maintenanceschedule in Section 5. If you drive yourcar in severe conditions, more fre-quent maintenance is required (seeSection 5 for details).

o Keep your car clean. For maximumservice, your Hyundai should be keptclean and free of corrosive materials.It is especially important that mud, dirt,ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulateon the underside of the car. This extraweight can result in increased fuelconsumption and also contribute tocorrosion.


16 WINTER DRIVING

C160A01A-AAT

The more severe weather conditions ofwinter result in greater wear and otherproblems. To minimize the problems ofwinter driving, you should follow thesesuggestions:

o Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessaryweight in your car. Weight reduces fueleconomy.

o Don't let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (and notin traffic), turn off your engine andrestart only when you're ready to go.

o Remember, your Hyundai does notrequire extended warm-up. After theengine has started, allow the engine torun for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-ing the vehicle in gear. In very coldweather, however, give your engine aslightly longer warm-up period.

o Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in toohigh a gear resulting in the enginebucking. If this happens, shift to a lowergear. Over-revving is racing the en-gine beyond its safe limit. This can beavoided by shifting at the recommend-ed speeds.

o Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is oper-ated by engine power so your fueleconomy is reduced when you use it.

SMOOTH CORNERING

C150A01A-AAT

Avoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet. Ide-ally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tire wear will be heldto a minimum.


17

2

C160D01A-AAT

Check Battery and Cables

Winter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect the bat-tery and cables as described in Section6. The level of charge in your battery canbe checked by your Hyundai dealer or aservice station.

C160C01A-AAT

Use High Quality Ethylene GlycolCoolant

Your Hyundai is delivered with high qual-ity ethylene glycol coolant in the coolingsystem. It is the only type of coolant thatshould be used because it helps preventcorrosion in the cooling system, lubri-cates the water pump and prevents freez-ing. Be sure to replace or replenish yourcoolant in accordance with the mainte-nance schedule in Section 5. Before win-ter, have your coolant tested to assurethat its freezing point is sufficient for thetemperatures anticipated during the win-ter.

C160B01A-AAT

Snowy or Icy Conditions

To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it maybe necessary to use snow tires or toinstall tire chains on your tires. If snowtires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and type to theoriginal equipment tires. Failure to do somay adversely affect the safety and han-dling of your car. Furthermore, speeding,rapid acceleration, sudden brake appli-cations, and sharp turns are potentiallyvery hazardous practices.During deceleration, use engine brakingto the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-cations on snowy or icy roads may causeskids to occur. You need to keep suffi-cient distance between the vehicle inoperation in front and your vehicle. Also,apply the brake gently. It should be notedthat installing tire chains on the tire willprovide a greater driving force, but willnot prevent side skids.

NOTE:Tire chains are not legal in all states.Check state laws before fitting tirechains.

C160E01A-AAT

Change to "Winter Weight" Oil ifNecessary

In some climates it is recommended thata lower viscosity "winter weight" oil beused during cold weather. See Section 9for recommendations. If you aren't surewhat weight oil you should use, consultyour Hyundai dealer.

C160F02A-AAT

Check Spark Plugs and IgnitionSystem

Inspect your spark plugs and replacethem if necessary. Also check all ignitionwiring and components to be sure theyare not cracked, worn or damaged in anyway.


18

C160K01A-AAT

Carry Emergency Equipment

Depending on the severity of the weatherwhere you drive your car, you shouldcarry appropriate emergency equipment.Some of the items you may want to carryinclude tire chains, tow straps or chains,flashlight, emergency flares, sand, ashovel, jumper cables, a window scraper,gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket,etc.

C160H01A-AAT

Use Approved Anti-Freeze in Win-dow Washer System

To keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedanti-freeze solution in accordance withinstructions on the container. Windowwasher anti-freeze is available fromHyundai dealers and most auto partsoutlets. Do not use engine coolant orother types of anti-freeze as these maydamage the finish.

C160G01A-AAT

To Keep Locks from Freezing

To keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine intothe key opening. If a lock is covered withice, squirt it with an approved de-icingfluid to remove the ice. If the lock is frozeninternally, you may be able to thaw it outby using a heated key. Handle the heatedkey with care to avoid injury.

C160I01A-AAT

Don't Let Your Parking Brake Freeze

Under some conditions your parking brakecan freeze in the engaged position. Thisis most likely to happen when there is anaccumulation of snow or ice around ornear the rear brakes or if the brakes arewet. If you think the parking brake mayfreeze, apply it only temporarily whileyou put the gear selector lever in "P"(automatic) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block the rearwheels so the car cannot roll. Then re-lease the parking brake.

C160J01A-AAT

Don't Let Ice and Snow AccumulateUnderneath

Under some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders and inter-fere with the steering. When driving insevere winter conditions where this mayhappen, you should periodically checkunderneath the car to be sure the move-ment of the front wheels and the steeringcomponents is not obstructed.


19

2

!

!

USE OF LIGHTS

C180A01A-AAT

Check your lights regularly for correctoperation and always keep them clean.When driving during the day in conditionsof poor visibility, it is helpful to drive withheadlights on low beam. This enablesyou to be seen, as well as to see.

HIGHER SPEED MOTORING

C170A02A-AAT

Pre-Trip Inspections

1. Tires:Adjust the tire inflation pressures for high-way driving. Low tire inflation pressureswill result in overheating and possiblefailure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires whichmay result in reduced traction or tire fail-ure.

NOTE:Never exceed the maximum tire infla-tion pressure shown on the tires.

WARNING:o Underinflated or overinflated tires

can cause poor handling, loss of ve-hicle control, and sudden tire failureleading to accidents, injuries, andeven death. Always check tires areproperly inflated before driving. Referto pages 2-20 and 8-3 for proper tirepressures and further information.

2. Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil:High speed travel consumes more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget tocheck both engine coolant and engineoil.

3. Drive belt:A loose or damaged drive belt may resultin overheating of the engine.

o Driving on tires with no or insuffi-cient tread is dangerous. Worn-outtires can result in loss of vehiclecontrol, collisions, injury, and evendeath. Worn-out tires should be re-placed as soon as possible andshould never be used for driving.Always check tire tread before driv-ing your car. Refer to 8-12 for furtherinformation and tread limits.

WARNING:


20 TRAILER TOWING

C190A01A-AAT

Your Hyundai should not be used to towa trailer. It is designed to be compact andlight for good fuel economy, and is notdesigned as a trailer-towing vehicle.Damages or malfunctions caused by tow-ing may not be covered by the limitedwarranties applying to your Hyundai.Damages or malfunctions that result fromtowing a trailer for commercial purposesare specifically not covered by Hyundailimited warranties.

C190A01MC

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

C190F01MC-AAT

Tire and Loading Information Label

OMC049405

OMC049406

Type A

Type B

OMC049407

OMC049408

Type C

Type D


21

2

Steps for Determining Correct LoadLimit(1)Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants and cargoshould never exceed XXX pounds''on your vehicle's placard.

(2)Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

(3)Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXXkilograms or XXX pounds.

(4)The resulting figure equals the avail-able amount of cargo and luggageload capacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs, andthere will be five 150 lb. passengersin your vehicle, the amount of avail-able cargo and luggage load capac-ity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

(5)Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may notsafely exceed the available cargoand luggage load capacity calcu-lated in Step 4.

The tire label located on the driver'sside of the center pillar outer panelgives the original tire size, cold tirepressures recommended for your ve-hicle, the number of people that can bein your vehicle and vehicle capacityweight.

Vehicle capacity weight:849 lbs (385 kg)Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo. If your vehicle is equippedwith a trailer, the combined weightincludes the tongue load.

Seating capacity:Total: 5 persons

(Front seat: 2 persons,Rear seat: 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximum num-ber of occupants including a driver,your vehicle may carry.

However the seating capacity may bereduced based upon the weight of allof the occupants, and the weight of thecargo being carried or towed. Do notoverload the vehicle as there is a limitto the total weight, or load limit includ-ing occupants and cargo, the vehiclecan carry.

Towing capacity:We do not recommend using this ve-hicle for trailer towing.

Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehicle willincrease or decrease depending on theweight and the number of occupantsand the tongue load, if your vehicle isequipped with a trailer.


22

C190F01JM

Total

1400 lbs

(635 kg)

300 lbs

(136 kg)

1100 lbs

(489 kg)

Example 1

Item

A

B

C

Description

Vehicle Capacity Weight

Subtract Occupant Weight

150 lbs (68 kg) × 2

Available Cargo and

Luggage Weight

A B C

(6)If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of your ve-hicle.

!C190F02JM

Example 2

Total

1400 lbs

(635 kg)

750 lbs

(340 kg)

650 lbs

(295 kg)

Item

A

B

C

Description



150 lbs (68 kg) x 5

Available Cargo and

Luggage Weight

A B CCAUTION:We do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.


23

2

C190G03JM-AAT

Compliance Label

The compliance label is located on thedriver's side of the center pillar outerpanel.

The label shows the maximum allow-able weight of the fully loaded vehicle.This is called the GVWR (Gross Ve-hicle Weight Rating). The GVWR in-cludes the weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel and cargo.

C190G01A

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loadinginformation label for specific informa-tion about your vehicle’s capacityweight and seating positions. The com-bined weight of the driver, passengersand cargo should never exceed yourvehicle’s capacity weight.

C190F03JM

Total

1400 lbs

(635 kg)

860 lbs

(390 kg)

540 lbs

(245 kg)

Item

A

B

C

Description



172 lbs (78 kg) x 5

Available Cargo Weight

Example 3

A B C


24

! WARNING:o Never exceed the GVWR for your

vehicle, the GAWR for either thefront or rear axle and vehicle ca-pacity weight. Exceeding theseratings can cause an accident orvehicle damage. You can calcu-late the weight of your load byweighing the items (or people)before putting them in the ve-hicle. Be careful not to overloadyour vehicle.

o Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR, either themaximum front or rear GAWRand vehicle capacity weight. Ifyou do, parts, including tires onyour vehicle can break, and it canchange the way your vehiclehandles and braking ability. Thiscould cause you to lose controland crash. Also, overloading canshorten the life of your vehicle.

This label also tells you the maximumweights that can be supported by thefront and rear axles, called Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR). To find out theactual loads on your front and rearaxles, you need to go to a weighstation and weigh your vehicle. Yourdealer can help you with this. Be sureto spread out your load equally on theleft and right sides of the centerline.

! WARNING:o Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in yourvehicle's tires and possible tirefailure that could lead to a crash.

o Overloading your vehicle cancause increased stopping dis-tances that could lead to a crash.

o A crash resulting from poor han-dling vehicle damage, tire failure,or increased stopping dis-tances could result in seriousinjury or death.


25

2

NOTE:o Overloading your vehicle may

cause damage. Repairs would notbe covered by your warranty. Donot overload your vehicle.

o Using heavier suspension com-ponents to get added durabilitymight not change your weightratings. Ask your dealer to helpyou load your vehicle the rightway.

The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle– like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else – they move as fast asthe vehicle goes. If you have to stop orturn quickly, or if there is a crash, theitems will keep going and can causean injury if they strike the driver or apassenger.

!WARNING:

Items you carry inside your vehiclecan strike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in a crash.

o Put things in the cargo area ofyour vehicle. Try to spread theweight evenly.

o Never stack items, like suitcases,inside the vehicle above the topsof the seats.

o Do not leave an unsecured childrestraint in your vehicle.

o When you carry something in-side the vehicle, secure it.

o Do not drive with a seat foldeddown unless necessary.

If the Engine Will Not Start ........................................... 3-2Jump Starting................................................................ 3-3If the Engine Overheats ............................................... 3-4Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ................... 3-5Spare Tire ................................................................... 3-10If You Have a Flat Tire ............................................... 3-11Changing a Flat Tire ................................................... 3-11If Your Vehicle Must Be Towed ................................. 3-16Emergency Towing ..................................................... 3-18If You Lose Your Keys ............................................... 3-20


33

32


IF THE ENGINE WILL NOTSTART

!

D010B02A-AAT

If Engine Doesn't Turn Over or TurnsOver Slowly

D010A01A-AAT D010C01A-AAT

If Engine Turns Over Normally butDoes Not Start

1. Check fuel level.2. With the key in the "OFF" position,

check all connectors at ignition coiland spark plugs. Reconnect any thatmay be disconnected or loose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine room.4. If the engine still refuses to start, call a

Hyundai dealer or seek other qualifiedassistance.

WARNING:If the engine will not start, do not pushor pull the car to start it. This couldresult in a collision or cause other dam-age. In addition, push or pull startingmay cause the catalytic converter tobe overloaded and create a fire hazard.

1. If your car has an automatic transaxle,be sure the gear selector lever is in "N"or "P" and the emergency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to besure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operate thestarter, the battery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to besure they are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to startit. See instructions for "Jump Starting".

OMC055018 D010C03MC

3WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3JUMP STARTING

D010D01A-AAT

If the Engine Stalls While Driving

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keep-ing a straight line. Move cautiously offthe road to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact a Hyundaidealer or seek other qualified assis-tance.

!

D020A02A-AAT

WARNING:The gas produced by the battery duringthe jump-start operation is highly ex-plosive. If these instructions are notfollowed exactly, serious personal in-jury and damage to the vehicle mayoccur! If you are not sure how to followthis procedure, seek qualified assis-tance. Automobile batteries contain sul-furic acid. This is poisonous and highlycorrosive. When jump starting, wearprotective glasses and be careful not toget acid on yourself, your clothing or onthe car.

D020A02MC

o If you should accidentally get acid onyour skin or in your eyes, immediatelyremove any contaminated clothingand flush the area with clear water forat least 15 minutes. Then promptlyobtain medical attention. If you mustbe transported to an emergency facil-ity, continue to apply water to the af-fected area with a sponge or cloth.

o The gas produced by the battery dur-ing the jump-start operation is highlyexplosive. Do not smoke or allow aspark or open flame in the vicinity.

o The battery being used to provide thejump start must be 12-volt. If you can-not determine that it is a 12-volt bat-tery, do not attempt to use it for thejump start.

o To jump start a car with a dischargedbattery, follow this procedure exactly:

1. If the booster battery is installed inanother vehicle, be sure the two ve-hicles are not touching.

2. Turn off all unnecessary lights andaccessories in both vehicles.

F020100AUN-EU

If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad orCrossing

If the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossing, set the shift lever in theN(Neutral) position and then push thevehicle to a safe place.

34


IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS

D030A02A-AAT

If your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you experience a loss of power,or hear loud pinging or knocking, theengine is probably too hot. If this hap-pens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon asit is safe to do so.

2. Place the gear selector lever in "P"(automatic), or neutral (manualtransaxle) and set the parking brake. Ifthe air conditioner is on, turn it off.

3. If coolant is running out under the caror steam is coming out from the hood,stop the engine. Do not open the hooduntil the coolant has stopped runningor the steaming has stopped. If there isno visible loss of coolant and no steam,leave the engine running and check tobe sure the engine cooling fan is op-erating. If the fan is not running, turnthe engine off.

4. Check to see if the water pump drivebelt is missing. If it is not missing,check to see that it is tight. If the drivebelt seems to be satisfactory, check forcoolant leaking from the radiator, hosesor under the car. (If the air conditionerhad been in use, it is normal for coldwater to be draining from it when youstop).

3. Attach the clamps of the jumper cablein the exact location shown on theprevious page. First, attach one clampof the jumper cable to the positive (+)post or cable of the discharged battery.Then attach the other end of the samecable to the positive (+) post or cableof the booster battery. Next, using theother cable, attach one clamp to thenegative (-) post or cable of the boosterbattery. Then attach the other end ofthat cable to a solid metal part of theengine away from the battery. Do notconnect the cable to any moving part.

4. Start the engine in the car with thebooster battery and let it run for a fewminutes. This will help to assure thatthe booster battery is fully charged.During the jumping operation, run theengine in this vehicle at about 2000rpm.

5. Start the engine in the car with thedischarged battery using the normalstarting procedure. After the enginestarts, leave the jumper cables con-nected and let the engine run at fastidle or about 2000 rpm for severalminutes.

6. Carefully remove the jumper cables inthe reverse order of attachment.

If you do not know why your battery be-came discharged (because the lights wereleft on, etc.), have the charging systemchecked by your Hyundai dealer.


5

!

! WARNING:While the engine is running, keep hands,long hair and clothing away from mov-ing parts such as the fan and drive beltsto prevent injury.

5. If the water pump drive belt is brokenor coolant is leaking out, stop the en-gine immediately and call the nearestHyundai dealer for assistance.

WARNING:Do not remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. This may allow cool-ant to be blown out of the opening andcause serious burns.

!

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the engine tem-perature has returned to normal. Then,if coolant has been lost, carefully addwater to the reservoir (Page 6-7) tobring the fluid level in the reservoir upto the halfway mark.

7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert forfurther signs of overheating. If over-heating happens again, call a Hyundaidealer for assistance.

CAUTION:Serious loss of coolant indicates thereis a leak in the cooling system and thisshould be checked as soon as possibleby a Hyundai dealer.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITOR-ING SYSTEM (TPMS)

C320A01TG

C320A01MC-AAT

(If Installed)

➀ Low Tire Pressure Telltale➁ TPMS Malfunction Indicator

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehiclemanufacturer on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label. (If yourvehicle has tires of a different sizethan the size indicated on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label,you should determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

36


Low Tire Pressure Telltale

When the tire pressure monitoring sys-tem warning telltale is illuminated, oneor more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.Immediately reduce your speed, avoidhard cornering and anticipate increasedstopping distances. You should stopand check your tires as soon as pos-sible. Inflate the tires to the properpressure as indicated on the vehicle’splacard or tire inflation pressure labellocated on the driver’s side centerpillar outer panel. If you cannot reacha service station or if the tire cannothold the newly added air, replace thelow pressure tire with the temporaryspare tire. Then the TPMS malfunc-tion indicator or the Low Tire Pressuretelltale may turn on after restarting andabout 20 minutes of continuous drivingbefore you have the low-pressure tirerepaired and replaced on the vehicle.

As an added safety feature, your ve-hicle has been equipped with a TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of your tiresis significantly under-inflated. Accord-ingly, when the low tire pressure tell-tale illuminates, you should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible,and inflate them to the proper pres-sure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheatand can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiencyand tire tread life, and may affect thevehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire maintenance,and it is the driver’s responsibility tomaintain correct tire pressure, even ifunder-inflation has not reached thelevel to trigger illumination of the TPMSlow tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is not oper-ating properly. The TPMS malfunctionindicator is provided by a separatetelltale, which displays the symbol"TPMS" when illuminated. When themalfunction indicator is illuminated, thesystem may not be able to detect orsignal low tire pressure as intended.TPMS malfunctions may occur for avariety of reasons, including the instal-lation of replacement or alternate tiresor wheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctionindicator after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alter-nate tires and wheels allow the TPMSto continue to function properly.


7

!CAUTION:In winter or cold weather, the lowtire pressure telltale may be illumi-nated if the tire pressure was ad-justed to the recommended tire in-flation pressure in warm weather. Itdoes not mean your TPMS is mal-functioning because the decreasedtemperature leads to a proportionallowering of tire pressure.When you drive your vehicle from awarm area to a cold area or from acold area to a warm area, or theoutside temperature is greatlyhigher or lower, you should checkthe tire inflation pressure and ad-just the tires to the recommendedtire inflation pressure.

WARNING:Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable and cancontribute to loss of vehicle controland increased braking distances.Continued driving on low pressuretires will cause the tires to overheatand fail.

TPMS (Tire Pressure Moni-toring System) MalfunctionIndicator

The TPMS malfunction indicator comeson and stays on when there is aproblem with the Tire Pressure Moni-toring System. If the system is able tocorrectly detect an under-inflation warn-ing at the same time as system failurethen it will illuminate both the TPMSmalfunction and the low tire pressuretelltale e.g. if Front Left sensor fails,the TPMS malfunction indicator turnson, but if Front Right, Rear Left, or

!Rear Right tire is under-inflated, thelow tire pressure telltale may turn on atthe same time as the TPMS malfunc-tion indicator. Have the systemchecked by an authorized Hyundaidealer as soon as possible to deter-mine the cause of the problem.

NOTE:o The TPMS malfunction indicator

may be illuminated if the vehicle ismoving around electric power sup-ply cables or radio transmitterssuch as police stations, govern-ment and public offices, broad-casting stations, military installa-tions, airports, or transmitting tow-ers, etc. which can interfere withnormal operation of the Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS).

o The TPMS malfunction indicatormay be illuminated if snow chainsor some electronic devices, suchas notebook computers, are usedin the vehicle. This can interferewith normal operation of the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS).

38


o If there is a failed tire sensor, it ispossible for the TPMS to tempo-rarily learn a replacement sensorif closely driven to another ve-hicle that is also equipped withTPMS. In rare cases, this maytemporarily delay the TPMS mal-function indicator from turningon.

Changing a tire with TPMS

If you have a flat tire, the Low TirePressure telltale will turn on. Have theflat tire repaired by an authorizedHyundai dealer as soon as possible orreplace the flat tire with the temporaryspare tire.

NOTE:NEVER use a puncture-repairingagent to repair and/or inflate a lowpressure tire. If used, you will haveto replace the tire pressure sensor.

Each wheel is equipped with a tirepressure sensor mounted inside thetire behind the valve stem. You mustuse TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-ommended that you always have yourtires serviced by an authorized Hyundaidealer as soon as possible.After you replace the low pressure tirewith the spare tire, the TPMS malfunc-tion indicator or the Low Tire Pressuretelltale may illuminate after restartingand about 20 minutes of continuousdriving.Once the low pressure tire is re-in-flated to the recommended pressureand installed on the vehicle, the TPMSmalfunction indicator and the low tirepressure telltale will be extinguished.If the low pressure and TPMS mal-function indicators are not extinguishedafter about 20 minutes of continuousdriving, please visit an authorizedHyundai dealer.You may not be able to identify a lowtire by simply looking at it. Always usea good quality tire pressure gauge tomeasure the tire's inflation pressure.

Please note that a tire that is hot (frombeing driven) will have a higher pres-sure measurement than a tire that iscold (from sitting stationary for at least3 hours and driven less than 1 mileduring that 3 hour period). Allow thetire to cool before measuring the infla-tion pressure.Always be sure the tire is cold beforeinflating to the recommended pres-sure.A cold tire means the vehicle has beensitting for 3 hours and driven for lessthan 1 mile in that 3 hour period.


9

!

!

!CAUTION:o Do not use any tire sealant if your

vehicle is equipped with a TirePressure Monitoring System. Theliquid sealant can damage thetire pressure sensors.

o In order for the system to cor-rectly monitor tires for under-in-flation, there should be a total ofexactly 4 sensors fitted to each ofthe four driven wheel positions.There should be no other sen-sors in the vehicle including sparetire since this could cause thesystem to monitor the wrong sen-sors.

WARNING:Tampering with, modifying, or dis-abling the Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS) components mayinterfere with the system's ability towarn the driver of low tire pressureconditions and/or TPMS malfunc-tions. Tampering with, modifying,or disabling the Tire Pressure Moni-toring System (TPMS) componentsmay void the warranty for that por-tion of the vehicle.

!WARNING - TPMS

o The TPMS cannot alert you tosevere and sudden tire damagecaused by external factors suchas nails or road debris.

o If you feel any vehicle instability,immediately take your foot off theaccelerator, apply the brakesgradually and with light force,and slowly move to a safe posi-tion off the road.

This device complies with Part 15of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-ence that may cause undesired op-eration.

WARNING:Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party re-sponsible for compliance could voidthe user’s authority to operate theequipment.

310


!

CAUTION:o Do not use snow chains with

your temporary spare tire.o Do not use more than one tempo-

rary spare tire at a time.

!

4. As the temporary spare tire is spe-cifically designed for your car, itshould not be used on any othervehicle.

5. The temporary spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the temporary spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

6. The temporary spare tire pressureshould be checked once a monthwhile the tire is stored.

WARNING:The temporary spare tire is for emer-gency use only. Do not operateyour vehicle on this temporary spareat speeds over 50 mph (80 km/h).The original tire should be repairedor replaced as soon as is possibleto avoid failure of the spare possi-bly leading to personal injury ordeath.

SPARE TIRE

Spare Tire Pressure

D040A02MC-AAT

TEMPORARY SPARE TIRE

The following instructions for the tem-porary spare tire should be observed:

1. Check inflation pressure as soon asis practical after installing the sparetire, and adjust to the specifiedpressure. The tire pressure shouldbe periodically checked and main-tained at the specified pressure whilethe tire is stored.

Tire Size

Inflation Pressure

T115/70D15

60 psi (420 kPa)

2. The spare tire should only be usedtemporarily and should be returnedto the luggage compartment as soonas the original tire can be repaired orreplaced.

3. Continuous use at speeds of over50 mph (80 km/h) is not recom-mended.


11IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

D050A01A-AAT

If a tire goes flat while you are driving:

1. Take your foot off the acceleratorpedal and let the car slow down whiledriving straight ahead. Do not applythe brakes immediately or attempt topull off the road as this may cause aloss of control. When the car hasslowed to such a speed that it is safeto do so, brake carefully and pull offthe road. Drive off the road as far aspossible and park on firm, levelground. If you are on a divided high-way, do not park in the median areabetween the two traffic lanes.

2. When the car is stopped, turn onyour emergency hazard flashers,set the parking brake and put thetransaxle in "P" (automatic) or re-verse (manual transaxle).

3. Have all passengers get out of the car.Be sure they all get out on the side ofthe car that is away from traffic.

4. When changing a flat tire, follow theinstructions provided on the nextdescription.

D040B01A-AAT

Handling the Spare Tire

Remove the installation bolt to removethe spare tire. To replace the spare tirein its storage compartment, tighten thebolt firmly with your fingers until thereis no more play in the spare tire.

D040B01MC

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE

D060A01A-AAT

The procedure described on the fol-lowing pages can be used to rotatetires as well as to change a flat tire.When preparing to change a flat tire,check to be sure the gear selectorlever is in "P" (automatic) or reversegear (manual transaxle) and that theparking brake is set, then:

D060A04MC

312


D060C02MC

Flat tire

Block the wheel that is diagonallyopposite from the flat to keep thevehicle from rolling when the car israised on the jack.

D060C01A-AAT

2. Block the Wheel

Remove the spare tire and remove thejack and tool bag from the trunk.

NOTE:The spare tire and tool is locatedbeneath the luggage mat in the ve-hicle trunk or luggage compartment.

D060B01MC-AAT

1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool

D060B01MC-A

D060K01FC-AAT

Wheel Cap (If Installed)

1. Wrap a piece of cloth around the tipof the flat-head screwdriver to avoidscratching.

2. Insert the flat-head screwdriver intothe notch of the wheel cap and prygently to remove the wheel cap.

3. Change the flat tire.4. Reinstall the wheel cap by fitting

the boss of the wheel cap in thenotch of the wheel, hitting the cen-ter of the wheel cap with your hand.

D060K02MC


13

D060E01A-AAT

4. Put the Jack in Place

The base of the jack should be placedon firm, level ground. The jack shouldbe positioned as shown in the drawing.

1JBA6025

D060D01A-AAT

3. Loosen Wheel Nuts

The wheel nuts should be loosenedslightly before raising the car. Toloosen the nuts, turn the wrenchhandle counterclockwise. When doingthis, be sure that the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut so it cannotslip off. For maximum leverage, posi-tion the wrench so the handle is to theright. Then, while holding the wrenchnear the end of the handle, pull up onit with steady pressure. Do not re-move the nuts at this time. Just loosenthem about one-half turn.

D060D02MC

D060F02E-AAT

5. Raising the Car

After inserting a wrench bar into thewheel nut wrench, install the wrenchbar into the jack as shown in thedrawing. To raise the vehicle, turn thewheel nut wrench clockwise. As thejack begins to raise the vehicle, doublecheck that it is properly positioned andwill not slip. If the jack is on softground or sand, place a board, brick,flat stone or other object under thebase of the jack to keep it from sink-ing.Raise the car high enough so that thefully inflated spare tire can be installed.

Wrench bar

Wheel nut wrenchD060F02MC

314


!

To do this, you will need more groundclearance than is required to removethe flat tire.

D060G02Y-AAT

6. Changing Wheels

Loosen the wheel nuts and removethem with your fingers. Slide the wheeloff the studs and lay it flat so it cannotroll away. To put the wheel on the hub,pick up the spare tire, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheel ontothem. If this is difficult, tip the wheelslightly and get the top hole in thewheel lined up with the top stud. Thenjiggle the wheel back and forth until thewheel can be slid over the other studs.

WARNING:Do not get under the car when it issupported by the jack! This is verydangerous as the vehicle could falland cause serious injury or death.No one should stay in the car whilethe jack is being used. !

WARNING:Wheels and wheel covers may havesharp edges. Handle them carefullyto avoid possible severe injury.Before putting the wheel into place,be sure that there is nothing on thehub or wheel (such as mud, tar,gravel, etc.) that interferes with thewheel fitting solidly against the hub.If there is, remove it.

D060G03MC

D060G02MC


15

!D060H02A-AAT

7. Re-install Wheel Nuts

To reinstall the wheel cover, hold it onthe studs, put the wheel nuts on thestuds and tighten them finger tight.The nuts should be installed with theirsmall diameter ends directed inward.Jiggle the tire to be sure it is com-pletely seated, then tighten the nutsas much as possible with your fingersagain.

D060H03MC

WARNING:If there is not good contact on themounting surface between the wheeland hub, the wheel nuts could loosenand cause the loss of a wheel. Lossof a wheel may result in loss ofcontrol of the vehicle. This maycause serious injury or death.

D060I01E-GAT

8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts

Lower the car to the ground by turningthe wheel nut wrench counterclock-wise. Then position the wrench asshown in the drawing and tighten thewheel nuts. Be sure the socket isseated completely over the nut. Do notstand on the wrench or use an exten-sion pipe over the wrench handle.Go around the wheel tightening everyother nut until they are all tight. Thendouble-check each nut for tightness.After changing wheels, have a techni-cian tighten the wheel nuts to theirproper torque as soon as possible.

OMC047009

316


D060J01E-AAT

After Changing Wheels

If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust ituntil it is correct. Always reinstall thevalve cap after checking or adjustingtire pressure. If the cap is not re-placed, air may leak from the tire. Ifyou lose a valve cap, buy another andinstall it as soon as possible.After you have changed wheels, al-ways secure the flat tire in its place inthe trunk and return the jack and toolsto their proper storage locations.

D060J02MC

Wheel nut tightening torque:

Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:65-80 lb.ft (900-1,100 kg.cm)

IF YOUR VEHICLE MUST BETOWED

D080A01O-GAT

If your vehicle has to be towed, it shouldbe done by your Hyundai dealer or acommercial tow truck service. This willhelp assure that your vehicle is not dam-aged in towing. Also, professionals aregenerally aware of local laws governingtowing. In any case, rather than risk dam-age to your car, it is suggested that youshow this information to the tow truckoperator. Be sure that a safety chain sys-tem is used and that all local laws areobserved.It is recommended that your vehicle betowed with a wheel lift and dollies orflatbed equipment with all the wheels offthe ground.

! CAUTION:o Your vehicle can be damaged if towed

incorrectly!o Be sure the transaxle is in neutral.o When the engine will not start, be

sure the steering is unlocked by plac-ing the key in the "ACC" position.


17

CAUTION:o When towing the vehicle, take care

not to cause damage to the bumperor underbody of the vehicle.

!

1) If the vehicle is being towed with therear wheels on the ground, be sure theparking brake is released.

NOTE:Before towing, check the level of theautomatic transaxle fluid. If it is belowthe "HOT" range on the dipstick, addfluid. If you cannot add fluid, a towingdolly must be used.

2) If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towingdolly under the front wheels.

o Manual Transaxle:If you do not use a towing dolly, placethe ignition key in the "ACC" positionand put the transaxle in "N (Neutral)".

CAUTION:Do not tow with the key removed or inthe "LOCK" position when towing fromthe rear without a towing dolly.

D080B02MC

!

o Do not tow with sling type truck asthis may cause damage to thebumper or underbody of the vehicle.

D080B01O-GAT

Towing the Vehicle

D080B01MC

Your vehicle can be towed by wheel lifttype truck (1), (2) or flatbed equipment(3).

1)

2)

3) dolly

318


D080D01MC-AAT

EMERGENCY TOWINGFor emergency towing when no commer-cial tow vehicle is available, attach a towcable, chain or strap to one of the towinghooks under the front/rear of your car. Donot attempt to tow your vehicle in thismanner on any unpaved surface. Thismay result in serious damage to your car.Nor should it be attempted if the wheels,drive train, axles, steering or brakes aredamaged. Before towing, be sure thetransaxle is in neutral and the key in"ACC" (with the engine off) or in the "ON"position (with the engine running). Adriver must be in the towed car to steer itand operate the brakes.

NOTE:Before towing, check the level of theautomatic transaxle fluid. If it is belowthe "HOT" range on the dipstick, addfluid. If you cannot add fluid, a towingdolly must be used.

OMC045015

OMC045016

!

D080B03MC

CAUTION:

o Automatic Transaxle:Be sure to use a towing dolly under thefront wheels.

A vehicle with an automatic transaxleshould never be towed from the rearwith the front wheels on the ground.This can cause serious damage to thetransaxle.

3) It is recommended that your vehicle betowed with all the wheels off the ground.

Front(If Installed)

Rear


19

CAUTION:- Automatic Transaxle

If the car is being towed with all fourwheels on the ground, it can be towedonly from the front. Be sure that thetransaxle is in neutral. Do not tow atspeeds greater than 30 mph (50 km/h)and for more than 15 miles (25 km). Besure the steering is unlocked by plac-ing the key in the "ACC" position. Adriver must be in the towed vehicle tooperate the steering and brakes.

!

OMC045013

OMC045014

(1)Open the towing hole cover by push-ing it with your finger.

(2)Take out the towing hook from the jackcase. To mount the towing hook, ro-tate it clockwise.

NOTE:The jack case is located on the sparetire in the trunk or luggage compart-ment.

! CAUTIONIt should be tightened firmly with yourfingers until there is no more play in thetowing hole. Towing hook is located inthe jack case on the spare tire.

How to Use Front Towing Hook(If Installed)

NOTE:Place the towing hook & towing holecover in its original position when not inuse.

(3)Attach a tow cable, chain or strap to thetowing hook on the front bumper.

320


IF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYS

D120A01A-AAT

If you lose your keys, many Hyundaidealers can make you a new key if youhave your key number.If you lock the keys inside your car andyou cannot obtain a new key, manyHyundai dealers can use special tools toopen the door for you.

CORROSION PREVENTION &APPEARANCE CARE

4Corrosion Protection ..................................................... 4-2To Help Prevent Corrosion .......................................... 4-3Washing and Waxing.................................................... 4-4Cleaning the Interior...................................................... 4-6

4

44 CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

2 CORROSION PROTECTION

E010B01A-AAT

Common Causes of Corrosion

The most common causes of corrosionon your car are:

o Road salt, dirt and moisture that isallowed to accumulate underneath thecar.

o Removal of paint or protective coat-ings by stones, gravel, abrasion orminor scrapes and dents which leaveunprotected metal exposed to corro-sion.

E010A01A-AAT

Protecting Your Hyundai from Cor-rosion

By using the most advanced design andconstruction practices to combat corro-sion, Hyundai produces cars of the high-est quality. However, this is only part ofthe job. To achieve the long term corro-sion resistance your Hyundai can deliver,the owner's cooperation and assistanceis also required.

E010C01A-AAT

High-Corrosion Areas

If you live in an area where your car isregularly exposed to corrosive materials,corrosion protection is particularly impor-tant. Some of the common causes ofaccelerated corrosion are road salts, dustcontrol chemicals, ocean air and indus-trial pollution.

E010D01A-AAT

Moisture Breeds Corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. For ex-ample, corrosion is accelerated by highhumidity, particularly when temperaturesare just above freezing. In such condi-tions, the corrosive material is kept incontact with the car surfaces by moisturethat is slow to evaporate.Mud is a particular enemy of corrosionprotection because it is slow to dry andholds moisture in contact with the ve-hicle. Even though the mud appears tobe dry, it can still retain moisture andpromote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is par-ticularly important to keep your car cleanand free of mud or accumulations of othermaterials. This applies not only on thevisible surfaces but particularly to theunderside of the car.

4CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE 4CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

3TO HELP PREVENT COR-ROSION

E020A01A-AAT

You can help prevent corrosion fromgetting started by observing the follow-ing:

E020B01A-AAT

Keep Your Car Clean

The best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your car clean and free of corrosivematerials. Attention to the underside ofthe car is particularly important.

o If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.— you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter,hose off the underside of your car atleast once a month and be sure toclean the underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

o When cleaning underneath the car,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view.Do a thorough job; just dampening theaccumulated mud rather than washingit away will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

E020C01A-AAT

Keep Your Garage Dry

Don't park your car in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your car inthe garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

E020D02A-AAT

Keep Paint and Trim in Good Condi-tion

Scratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are highlycorrosive and may damage painted sur-faces in just a few hours. Always removebird droppings as soon as possible.

E020E01A-AAT

Don't Neglect the Interior

Moisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting to cause corrosion. Checkunder the mats periodically to be sure thecarpeting is dry. Use particular care if youcarry fertilizers, cleaning materials orchemicals in the car.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clear waterand thoroughly dried.

o When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept open sothat moisture can escape and not betrapped inside to ac-celerate corro-sion.


4

Use a clean sponge or cloth, rinse itfrequently and don't damage the finish byrubbing too hard. For stubborn spots,dampen them frequently and removethem a little at a time.

To clean whitewall tires, use a stiff brushor soap-impregnated steel-wool scour-ing pad.

To clean plastic wheel covers, use aclean sponge or soft cloth and water.

To clean cast aluminum alloy wheels,use a mild soap or neutral detergent. Donot use abrasive cleaners. Protect thebare-metal surfaces by cleaning, polish-ing and waxing. Because aluminum issubject to corrosion, be sure to give alu-minum alloy wheels special attention inwinter. If you drive on salted roads, cleanthe wheels thoroughly afterwards.

After washing, be sure to rinse thoroughly.If soapy water dries on the finish, streak-ing will result.

When the weather is warm and the hu-midity low, you may find it necessary torinse each section immediately after wash-ing to avoid streaking.

After rinsing, dry the car using a dampchamois or soft, absorbent cloth. The rea-son for drying the car is to remove waterfrom the car so it will dry without waterspots. Don't rub, this can damage thefinish.

If you find any nicks or scratches in thepaint, use touch-up paint to cover them toprevent corrosion. To protect thepaintwork of the car against corrosion,you must clean your Hyundai (at leastonce a month). Give special attention tothe removal of salt, mud and other sub-stances on the underside of thesplashboards of the car. Make sure thatthe outlets and the underside of the doorsare open. Paint damage can be causedby small accumulation of tar, industrialprecipitation, tree resin, insects and birddroppings, when not removed immedi-ately.If water alone is not strong enough toremove the accumulated dirt, use a mildcar washing solution. Be sure to rinse thesurface after washing to remove the solu-tion. Never allow the solution to dry on thepainted surfaces.

WASHING AND WAXING

E030A02A-AAT

Washing Your Hyundai

Never wash your car when the surface ishot from being in the sun. Always washyour car in the shade.

Wash your car frequently. Dirt is abrasiveand can scratch the paint if it is not re-moved. Air pollution or acid rain maydamage the paint and trim through chemi-cal action if pollutants are allowed toremain in contact with the surface. If youlive near the ocean or in an area whereroad salts or dust control chemicals areused, you should pay particular attentionto the underside of the car. Start by rins-ing the car to remove dust and loose dirt.In winter, or if you have driven throughmud or muddy water, be sure to thor-oughly clean the underside as well. Usea hard direct stream of water to removeaccumulations of mud or corrosive mate-rials. Use a good quality car-washingsolution and follow the manufacturer'sdirections on the package. These areavailable at your Hyundai dealer or autoparts outlet. Don't use strong householddetergents, gasoline, strong solvents orabrasive cleaning powders as these maydamage the finish.


5

E030B01A-AAT

Spot Cleaning

Don't use gasoline, strong solvents orcorrosive cleaning agents. These candamage the finish of the car. To removeroad tar, use turpentine on a clean, softcloth. Be gentle.To remove dead insects or tree sap, usewarm water and mild soap or car-wash-ing solution. Soak the spot and rub gen-tly. If the paint has lost its luster, use acommercial car-cleaning polish.

E030C01A-AAT

Polishing and Waxing

Always wash and dry the car before pol-ishing or waxing or using a combinationcleaner and wax. Use a good qualitycommercial product and follow themanufacturer's directions on the con-tainer. Polish and wax the bright trimpieces as well as the paint.

E030D01A-AAT

When to Wax Again

You should polish and wax the car againwhen water no longer beads on a cleansurface but spreads out over a largerarea.

E030E01A-AAT

Maintaining Bumpers

Special precautions must be observed topreserve the appearance of the bumperson your Hyundai. They are:

o Be careful not to spill battery electro-lyte or hydraulic brake fluid on thebumpers. If you do, wash it off imme-diately with clean water.

o Be gentle when cleaning the bumpersurfaces. They are made of soft plasticand the surface can be damaged ifmistreated. Do not use abrasive clean-ers. Use warm water and mild soap orcarwashing solution.

o Do not expose the bumpers to hightemperatures. For example, if you haveyour car repainted, do not leave thebumpers on the car if the car is goingto be placed in a high-temperaturepaint booth.

! CAUTION:

OJB037800

o Water washing in the engine com-partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the failureof electrical circuits located in theengine compartment.

o Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electrical/elec-tronic components inside the vehicleas this may damage them.


6

E040D01A-AAT

Cleaning the Seat Belts

To clean the seat belts, use a cloth orsponge with mild soap or detergent andwarm water. Do not use strong deter-gents, dye, bleach or abrasive materialson the seat belts as this may weaken thefabric.While cleaning the belts, inspect them forexcessive wear, cuts, fraying or othersigns of damage and replace them ifnecessary.

E040E01A-AAT

Cleaning the Windows

You may use any household windowcleaner on the windows. However, whencleaning the inside of the rear window becareful not to damage the rear windowdefroster wiring.

E040A01A-AAT

To Clean the Vinyl Upholstery

To clean the vinyl upholstery, first removeloose dirt and dust with a vacuum cleaner.Then apply a solution of mild soap ordetergent and water using a clean spongeor soft cloth. Allow this to stay on thesurface to loosen the dirt, then wipe witha clean damp sponge or cloth. If all thedirt stains are not removed, repeat thisprocedure until the upholstery is clean.Do not use gasoline, solvent, paint thin-ner or other strong cleaners.

E040C01A-AAT

Cleaning the Carpets

Use a foam-type carpet cleaner. Clean-ers of this type are available in aerosolcans in liquid form or powder. Read theinstructions and follow them exactly. Us-ing a vacuum cleaner with the appropri-ate attachment, remove as much dirt fromthe carpets as possible. Apply the foamfollowing the manufacturer's directions,then rub in overlapping circles. Do notadd water. These cleaners work bestwhen the carpet is kept as dry as pos-sible.

CLEANING THE INTERIOR


7ANY QUESTIONS?

E050A01A-AAT

If you have any questions about the careof your car, consult your Hyundai dealer.

Maintenance Intervals ................................................... 5-2Scheduled Maintenance ............................................... 5-4Maintenance under Severe Usage Conditions ............ 5-6Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items ............. 5-7California Perchlorate Notice ...................................... 5-10

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5 5

5 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

2 MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

F010B01A-AAT

Maintenance Requirements

The maintenance required for yourHyundai can be divided into three mainareas:

o Specified scheduled procedureso General checkso Do-it-yourself maintenance

F010A01A-AAT

Service Requirements

To ensure that you receive the greatestnumber of miles of satisfying operationfrom your Hyundai, certain maintenanceprocedures must be performed. Althoughcareful design and engineering have re-duced these to a minimum, those that arerequired are of the utmost importance.It is your responsibility to have thesemaintenance procedures performed tocomply with the terms of the warrantiescovering your new Hyundai. The Owner'sHandbook supplied with your new ve-hicle provides further information aboutthese warranties.

F010D01A-AAT

General Checks

These are the regular checks you shouldperform when you drive your Hyundai oryou fill the fuel tank. A list of these itemswill be found on page 6-3.

F010C01A-AAT

Specified Scheduled Procedures

These are the procedures such as in-spections, adjustments and replacementsthat are listed in the maintenance chartsstarting on page 5-4. These proceduresmust be performed at the intervals shownin the maintenance schedule to assurethat your warranty remains in effect. Al-though it is strongly recommended thatthey be performed by the factory-trainedor distributor-trained technicians at yourHyundai dealer, these procedures maybe performed at any qualified servicefacility.It is suggested that genuine Hyundaiservice parts be used for any requiredrepairs or replacements. Other parts ofequivalent quality such as engine oil,engine coolant, manual or auto transaxleoil, brake fluid and so on which are notsupplied by Hyundai Motor Company orits distributor may be used without affect-ing your warranty coverage but you shouldalways be sure these are equivalent tothe quality of the original Hyundai parts.Your Owner's Handbook provides furtherinformation about your warranty cover-age.

F010E01A-AAT

Do-It-Yourself Maintenance

If you are mechanically inclined, own afew tools that are required and want totake the time to do so, you can inspectand service a number of items. For moreinformation about doing it yourself, seeSection 6.

5VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

3SCHEDULED MAINTE-NANCE REQUIREMENTS

F020A02A-AAT

o Inspection should be performed anytime a malfunction is experienced orsuspected.

o Receipts for all emission control sys-tem services should be retained todemonstrate compliance with condi-tions of the emissions system war-ranty.

o After 120 months or 150,000 miles(240,000 km), continue to follow theprescribed maintenance intervals.

o For severe usage maintenance re-quirements, see page 5-6 of this sec-tion.

F010F01A-AAT

A Few Tips

o Whenever you have your Hyundaiserviced, keep copies of the servicerecords in your glove box. This willhelp ensure that you can documentthat the required procedures have beenperformed to keep your warranties ineffect. This is especially importantwhen service is not performed by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

o If you choose to do your own mainte-nance and repairs, you may find ithelpful to have an official HyundaiShop Manual. A copy of this publica-tion may be purchased at your Hyundaidealer's parts department.


4 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

150

240

120

R

I

I

I

I

R

R

R

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

EMISSION CONTROL ITEMS

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

FUEL FILTER

FUEL LINES, FUEL HOSES AND CONNECTIONS

VACUUM HOSE

CRANKCASE VENTILATION HOSE

VAPOR HOSE AND FUEL FILLER CAP

AIR CLEANER FILTER

FUEL TANK AIR FILTER

SPARK PLUGS

No. DESCRIPTION

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

7.5

12

6

R

I

I

15

24

12

R

I

I

I

22.5

36

18

R

I

I

30

48

24

R

I

I

I

I

R

R

R

37.5

60

30

R

I

I

45

72

36

R

I

I

I

52.5

84

42

R

R

I

I

60

96

48

R

I

I

I

I

R

R

R

67.5

108

54

R

I

I

75

120

60

R

I

I

I

82.5

132

66

R

I

I

90

144

72

R

I

I

I

I

R

R

R

97.5

156

78

R

I

I

105

168

84

R

R

I

I

I

112.5

180

90

R

I

I

120

192

96

R

I

I

I

I

R

R

R

127.5

204

102

R

I

I

135

216

108

R

I

I

I

142.5

228

114

R

I

I

F030B02MC-AAT

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

F030A01A-AAT

The following maintenance services must be performed to assure good vehicle control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicleservices to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occursfirst.


5

GENERAL ITEMS

DRIVE BELT (WATER PUMP, ALTERNATOR AND A/CON)

COOLANT

TIMING BELT

MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID

BRAKE FLUID

BRAKE HOSES AND LINES

REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS, PARKING BRAKE

BRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER

SUSPENSION MOUNTING BOLTS

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/LOWER ARM

BALL JOINT

POWER STEERING PUMP, BELT AND HOSES

DRIVESHAFTS AND BOOTS

AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERANT

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

No. DESCRIPTION

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

7.5

12

6

15

24

12

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

22.5

36

18

30

48

24

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

37.5

60

30

45

72

36

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

52.5

84

42

60

96

48

I

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

67.5

108

54

75

120

60

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

82.5

132

66

90

144

72

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

97.5

156

78

105

168

84

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

112.5

180

90

120

192

96

I

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

127.5

204

102

135

216

108

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

142.5

228

114

150

240

120

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

See Note *2

Note :*1. FOR THE FIRST TIME, REPLACE THE COOLANT AT 60,000 MILES (96,000 KM) OR 60 MONTHS.

AFTER THAT, REPLACE IT EVERY 30,000 MILES (48,000 KM) OR 24 MONTHS.*2. FOR EVERY 10,000 MILES (15,000 KM) OR 12 MONTHS, WHICHEVER OCCURS FIRST : "R"

F030C2MC-AAT


See Note *1


6

DRIVINGCONDITION

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

AIR CLEANER FILTER

SPARK PLUGS

BRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS,

PARKING BRAKE

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE

& BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT

DRIVESHAFTS AND BOOTS

TIMING BELT

MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

R

R

R

I

I

I

I

R

R

R

R

MAINTENANCEOPERATIONMAINTENANCE ITEM

EVERY 3,000 MILES (4,800 KM) OR 3 MONTHS

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY



EVERY 60,000 MILES (96,000 KM)

EVERY 30,000 MILES (48,000 KM)

MORE FREQUENTLY

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS

A - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5miles (8km) in normaltemperature or less than 10miles (16km) in freezing temperature

B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distancesC - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roadsD - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold

weather

E - Driving in sandy areasF - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle

towingJ - Driving over 100 MPH (170 Km/h)K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K

C, E

B, H

C, D, G, H

C, D, G, H

C, D, E, F, G, H, I

C, E, F

B, C, D, E, F, G

A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

A, C, E, F, G, H, I

C, E

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS

F040A02MC-AAT

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart belowfor the appropriate maintenance intervals.



7EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCE ITEMS

F060D01A-AAT

o Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses andConnections

Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Havea trained techincian, replace any dam-aged or leaking parts immediately.

F060C01A-AAT

o Fuel Filter

A clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven, damagethe emission system and cause hard start-ing. If an excessive amount of foreignmatter accumulates in the fuel tank, thefilter may require replacement more fre-quently.After installing a new filter, run the enginefor several minutes, and check for leaksat the connections.Fuel filters should be installed by trainedtechnicians.

F060M01A-AAT

o Engine Oil and Filter

The engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. If the car is beingdriven in severe conditions, more fre-quent oil and filter changes are required.

F060H01A-AAT

o Air Cleaner Filter

A Genuine Hyundai air cleaner filter isrecommended when the filter is replaced.

F060G01A-AAT

o Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler Cap

The vapor hose and fuel filler cap shouldbe inspected at those intervals specifiedin the maintenance schedule. Make surethat a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap iscorrectly replaced.

F060F01A-AAT

o Vacuum, Crankcase VentilationHoses

Inspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact with anyheat source, sharp edges or moving com-ponent which might cause heat damageor mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present. Hoses shouldbe replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

F060B01A-AAT

o Drive Belts

Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts,cracks, excessive wear or oil saturationand replace if necessary. Drive beltsshould be checked periodically for propertension and adjusted as necessary.

F060J01A-AAT

o Spark Plugs

Make sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct heat range.


8

F070H01A-AAT

o Rear Brake Drums/Linings,Parking Brake

Check the rear brake drums and liningsfor scoring, burning, leaking fluid, brokenparts, and excessive wear. Inspect theparking brake system including the park-ing brake lever and cables. For detailedservice procedures, refer to the ShopManual.

F070F01A-AAT

o Brake Hoses and Lines

Visually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

F070G02A-AAT

o Brake Fluid

Check brake fluid level in the brake fluidreservoir. The level should be between"MIN" and "MAX" marks on the side of thereservoir. Use only hydraulic brake fluidconforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4.

F070E06A-AAT

o Automatic Transaxle Fluid

The fluid level should be in the “HOT”range of the dipstick, after the engine andtransaxle are at normal operating tem-perature. Check the automatic transaxlefluid level with the engine running andthe transaxle in neutral, with the parkingbrake properly applied. Use HYUNDAIGENUINE ATF SP III, DIAMOND ATF SPIII, SK ATF SP III or other brands meetingthe SP III specification approved byHyundai Motor Co. when adding or chang-ing fluid. Using the wrong ATF may resultin damage to the ATM.

F070D01A-AAT

o Manual Transaxle Oil

Inspect the manual transaxle oil accord-ing to the maintenance schedule.

NOTE:If the oil level is low, check for possibleleaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.

F060E01A-AAT

o Timing Belt

Inspect all parts related to the timing beltfor damage and deformation. Replaceany damaged parts immediately.

F070C01A-AAT

o Coolant

The coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenanceschedule.


9

F070M01A-AAT

o Steering Gear Box, Linkage &Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint

With the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in the steer-ing wheel. Check the linkage for bends ordamage. Check the dust boots and balljoints for deterioration, cracks, or dam-age. Replace any damaged parts.

F070L01A-AAT

o Suspension Mounting Bolts

Check the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

F070K01A-AAT

o Exhaust Pipe and Muffler

Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muf-fler and hangers for cracks, deterioration,or damage. Start the engine and listencarefully for any exhaust gas leakage.Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.

F070J01A-AAT

o Brake Pads, Calipers and Rotors

Check the pads for excessive wear, discsfor run out and wear, and calipers for fluidleakage.

F070Q01A-AAT

o Air Conditioning Refrigerant

Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage. Checkair conditioning performance accordingto the relevant shop manual if necessary.

F070P01A-AAT

o Driveshafts and Boots

Check the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage. Re-place any damaged parts and, if neces-sary, repack the grease.

F070N01A-AAT

o Power Steering Pump, Belt andHoses

Check the power steering pump andhoses for leakage and damage. Replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately. Inspect the power steering belt forevidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear,oiliness and proper tension. Replace oradjust it if necessary.


10 CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATENOTICE

F080A01NF-AAT

Perchlorate Material-special handlingmay apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:Perchlorate containing materials, suchas airbag inflators, seatbelt pretensionersand keyless remote entry batteries, mustbe disposed of according to Title 22 Cali-fornia Code of Regulations Section67384.10 (a).

Engine Compartment .................................................... 6-2General Checks ............................................................ 6-3Maintenance Precautions ............................................. 6-4Checking the Engine Oil ............................................... 6-4Checking and Changing the Engine Coolant ................ 6-7Changing the Air Cleaner Filter ..................................... 6-8Checking the Transaxle Oil (Manual) ......................... 6-11Checking the Transaxle Fluid (Automatic) .................. 6-11Checking the Brakes .................................................. 6-13Air Conditioning Care .................................................. 6-14Changing the Climate Control Air Filter ....................... 6-15Checking and Replacing Fuses .................................. 6-16Checking the Battery .................................................. 6-19Power Steering Fluid Level ......................................... 6-21Replacement of Light Bulbs ........................................ 6-22Bulb Wattages ............................................................. 6-27Fuse Panel Description ............................................... 6-28

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6 6

6 DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT

G010A01MC-AAT

1. Engine oil filler cap .................. 6-62. Brake fluid reservoir ............... 6-133. Air cleaner filter ........................ 6-84. Fuse/Relay box ....................... 6-16

5. Windshield washer fluidreservoir cap ........................... 6-10

6. Power steering fluid reservoir(If Installed) ............................. 6-21

7. Engine oil level dipstick ........... 6-5

8. Radiator cap ............................. 6-79. Automatic transaxle fluid level

dipstick (If Installed) ................ 6-1210. Engine coolant reservoir .......... 6-711. Battery ..................................... 6-19

OMC059036L

CAUTION:When inspecting or servicingthe engine, you should handletools and other heavy objectscarefully so that the plasticcover of the engine is not dam-aged.

!

6DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

3GENERAL CHECKS

G020C01A-AAT

Vehicle Interior

The following should be checked eachtime when the vehicle is driven:

o Light operationo Windshield wiper operationo Horn operationo Defroster, heater system operation (and

air conditioning, if installed)o Steering operation and conditiono Mirror condition and operationo Turn signal operationo Accelerator pedal operationo Brake operation, including parking

brakeo Manual transaxle operation, including

clutchoperationo Automatic transaxle operation, includ-

ing "Park" mechanism operationo Seat control condition and operationo Seat belt condition and operationo Sun visor operation

If you notice anything that does not oper-ate correctly or appear to be functioningcorrectly, inspect it carefully and seekassistance from your Hyundai dealer ifservice is needed.

G020A01A-AAT

Engine Compartment

The following should be checked regu-larly:

o Engine oil level and conditiono Transaxle fluid level and conditiono Brake fluid levelo Clutch fluid levelo Engine coolant levelo Windshield washer fluid levelo Accessory drive belt conditiono Engine coolant hose conditiono Fluid leaks (on or below components)o Power steering fluid level and condi-

tiono Battery conditiono Air cleaner filter condition

G020B01A-AAT

Vehicle Exterior

The following should be checked monthly:

o Overall appearance and conditiono Wheel condition and wheel nut tight-

nesso Exhaust system conditiono Light condition and operationo Windshield glass conditiono Wiper blade conditiono Paint condition and body corrosiono Fluid leakso Door and hood lock conditiono Tire pressure and condition

(including spare tire)


4 CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL

G030A01A-AAT

Engine oil is essential to the performanceand service of the engine. It is suggestedthat you check the oil level at least oncea week in normal use and more often ifyou are on a trip or driving in severeconditions.

G030B01O-AAT

Recommended Oil

The engine oil quality should meet thefollowing classification.

API SJ, SL or ABOVE,ILSAC GF-3 or ABOVE

G030B01JM-U

MAINTENANCE PRECAU-TIONS

!G020D01TG-GAT

Improper or incomplete service may re-sult in problems. This section gives in-structions only for the maintenance itemsthat are easy to perform.Several procedures should be done byan authorized Hyundai dealer.

NOTE:Improper owner maintenance during thewarranty period may affect warrantycoverage.

WARNING:o Performing maintenance work on a

vehicle can be dangerous. You canbe seriously injured while perform-ing some maintenance procedures.If you lack sufficient knowledge andexperience or the proper tools andequipment to do the work, have itdone by an authorized Hyundaidealer.

o Working under the hood with the en-gine running is dangerous. It be-comes even more dangerous whenyou wear jewelry or loose clothing.These can become entangled inmoving parts and result in injury.Therefore, if you must run the enginewhile working under the hood, makecertain that you remove all jewelry(especially rings, bracelets, watches,and necklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar loose clothingbefore getting near the engine orcooling fans.


5

G030C01JM-AAT

To Check the Oil Level

Before checking the oil, warm up theengine to the normal operating tempera-ture and be sure it is parked on levelground. Turn the engine off.

Wait five minutes, then remove the dip-stick, wipe it off, fully reinsert the dipstickand withdraw it again. Then note thehighest level the oil has reached on thedipstick. It should be between the upper("F") and lower ("L") range.

OMC059003

NOTE:o For good fuel economy, SAE 5W-20

(5W-30), ILSAC GF-3 engine oil ispreferred regardless of regional op-tion and engine variation.

o If SAE 5W-20, ILSAC GF-3 engine oilis not available, secondary recom-mended engine oil for correspondingtemperature range can be used.

! WARNING:Be very careful not to touch the radia-tor hose when checking the engine oilas it may be hot enough to burn you.


6

! CAUTION:Slowly pour the recommended oil byusing a funnel. Do not overfill so as notto damage engine.

! WARNING:Be very careful not to touch the radia-tor hose when adding the engine oil asit may be hot enough to burn you.

G030D02MC-AAT

Adding Oil

If the oil level is close to or below the "L"mark, add oil until it reaches the "F" mark.To add oil:

1. Remove the oil filler cap by turning itcounterclockwise.

2. Add oil, then check the level again. Donot overfill.

3. Replace the cap by turning it clock-wise.

The distance between the "F" and "L"marks is equal to about 1 quart of oil.

OMC059004

NOTE:o It is recommended that the engine oil

and filter should be changed by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

o Always dispose of used engine oil inan environmentally acceptable man-ner. It is suggested that it be placedin a sealed container and taken to aservice station for reclaimation. Donot pour the oil on the ground or putit into the household trash.

! PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:Engine oil contains chemicals known tothe State of California to cause cancer,birth defects and reproductive harm.Used engine oil may cause irritation orcancer of the skin if left in contact withthe skin for prolonged periods of time.Used engine oil contains chemicals thathave caused cancer in laboratory ani-mals. Always protect your skin bywashing your hands thoroughly withsoap and warm water as soon as pos-sible after handling used oil.


7CHECKING AND CHANGINGTHE ENGINE COOLANT

!

G050A01TG-AAT

WARNING:Do not remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. When the engine ishot, the engine coolant is under pres-sure and may erupt through the open-ing if the cap is removed. You could beseriously burned if you do not observethis precaution. Do not remove the ra-diator cap until the radiator is cool tothe touch.

NOTE:It is recommended that the engine cool-ant should be changed by an authorizedHyundai dealer.

G050B01A-AAT

Recommended Engine Coolant

Use a high quality ethylene-glycol cool-ant in a 50/50 mix with water. The enginecoolant should be compatible with alumi-num engine parts. Additional corrosioninhibitors or additives should not be used.The cooling system must be maintainedwith the correct concentration and type ofengine coolant to prevent freezing andcorrosion.Never allow the concentration of anti-freeze to exceed the 60% level or gobelow the 35% level or damage to thecoolant system may result. For properconcentration when adding or replacingthe coolant, refer to the following table.

Water

65%

60%

50%

40%

Antifreeze

solution

35%

40%

50%

60%

Ambienttemperature

°F (°C)

5 (-15)

-13 (-25)

-31 (-35)

-49 (-45)

Engine coolant

concentration

G050C01TG-AAT

To Check the Coolant Level

The coolant level can be seen on the sideof the plastic coolant reservoir. The levelof the coolant should be between the "L"and "F" lines on the reservoir when theengine is cool. If the level is below the "L"mark, add engine coolant to bring it upbetween "L" and "F". If the level is low,inspect for coolant leaks and recheck thefluid level frequently. If the level dropsagain, visit your Hyundai dealer for aninspection and diagnosis of the reason.

OMC059008


8

G070A03Y-AAT

The replacement of air cleaner filter isperformed in the following manner.

1. Unsnap the clips around the cover.2. When this is done, the cover can be

lifted off, the old filter removed and thenew filter put in its place.

Genuine Hyundai replacement parts arerecommended.

CHANGING THE AIRCLEANER FILTER

OMC055010

! WARNING:The cooling fan is controlled by enginecoolant temperature and may some-times operate even when the engine isnot running. Use extreme caution whenworking near the blades of the coolingfan so that you are not injured by arotating fan blade. As the engine cool-ant temperature decreases, the fan willautomatically shut off. This is a normalcondition.

CAUTION:o Engine coolant can damage the fin-

ish of your car. If you spill enginecoolant on the car, wash it off thor-oughly with clean water.

o The engine in your vehicle has alumi-num engine parts and must be pro-tected by an ethylene-glycol basecoolant to prevent corrosion andfreezing.Do not use hard water. Hard watercan cause engine damage from cor-rosion, overheating or freezing.

! CAUTION:o Operating your vehicle without a

proper air filter in place can result inexcessive engine wear.

o When removing the air cleaner filter,be careful that dust or dirt does notenter the air intake. These may re-sult in damage to the air cleanerfilter.

!


9WINDSHIELD WIPERBLADES

G080A02A-AAT

The wiper blades should be carefullyinspected from time to time and cleanedto remove accumulations of road film orother debris. To clean the wiper bladesand arms, use a clean sponge or clothwith a mild soap or detergent and water.If the wipers continue to streak or smearthe glass, replace them with genuineHyundai replacement parts or theirequivalent.

CAUTION:o Do not operate the wipers on dry

glass. This can result in more rapidwear of the wiper blades and mayscratch the glass.

o Keep the blade rubber out of contactwith petroleum products such asengine oil, gasoline, etc.

! 2. Raise the wiper blade lightly and pullup it.

HHR5049

G080B01HR-GAT

Replacing the Wiper Blades

To replace the wiper blades, raise thewiper to the vertical.

To remove the wiper blade

1. Push down the wiper blade with thelocking clip (1) pressed to detach itfrom the wiper arm.

HHR5048

(1)


10 FILLING THE WASHER RES-ERVOIR

G090A01MC-AAT

A good quality washer fluid should beused to fill the washer reservoir. The fluidlevel should be checked more frequentlyduring inclement weather or wheneverthe washer system is in more frequentuse.

OMC055016

1. Put a new wiper blade onto the wiperarm and lower the wiper blade at thelevel of the wiper arm as shown in thedrawing.

To install the wiper blade

HHR5050 2. Pull up the wiper blade until you hearan audible "click" to engage in the endof the wiper arm.

NOTE:Do not allow the wiper arm to fall againstthe windshield.

HHR5051


11

!

G100A01MC-GAT

Transaxle lubricant in the manualtransaxle should be checked at thoseintervals specified in the vehicle mainte-nance schedule in Section 5.

!

CHECKING THE TRANSAXLEOIL (MANUAL)

! CAUTION:o Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)

should not be used in the washersystem because it will damage thecar's finish.

o The washer should not be operatedif the washer reservoir is empty.This can damage the washer fluidpump.

WARNING:It is always better to check the transaxleoil level when the engine is cool or cold.If the engine is hot, you should exercisegreat caution to avoid burning yourselfon hot engine or exhaust parts.

WARNING:o Windshield washer fluid agents con-

tain some amounts of alcohol andcan be flammable under certain cir-cumstances. Do not allow sparks orflame to contact the washer fluid orthe washer fluid reservoir. Damageto the vehicle or its occupants couldoccur.

o Windshield washer fluid is poison-ous to humans and animals. Do notdrink windshield washer fluid. Seri-ous injury or death could occur.

NOTE:It is recommended that the manualtransaxle fluid should be checked by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

G110A01MC-AAT

Transaxle fluid in the automatic transaxleshould be checked at those intervalsspecified in the vehicle maintenanceschedule in Section 5.

NOTE:Automatic transaxle fluid is basically ared color. As driving distance increases,the fluid color turns darkish red gradu-ally. It is a normal condition and youshould not judge the need to replacebased upon the changing color.You must replace the automatictransaxle fluid in accordance with inter-vals specified in the vehicle mainte-nance schedule in section 5.

CHECKING THE TRANSAXLEFLUID (AUTOMATIC)


12

3. Confirm if the fluid level is in the "HOT"range on the level gauge. If the fluidlevel is lower, add the specified fluidfrom the fill hole. If the fluid level ishigher, drain the fluid from the drainhole.

4. If the fluid level is checked in coldcondition [(fluid temperature 68~86°F(20~30°C)], add the fluid to the "COLD"line and then recheck the fluid levelaccording to the above step 2.

G110D03MC

Fluid level should be within"HOT" range

OMC059006

! WARNING:The transaxle fluid level should bechecked when the engine is at normaloperating temperature. This means thatthe engine, radiator, exhaust systemetc., are very hot. Exercise great carenot to burn yourself during this proce-dure.

! CAUTION:Use of aftermarket ATF additives maycause damage to the automatictransaxle.Only use HYUNDAI GENUINE ATF SPIII, DIAMOND ATF SP III, SK ATF SP III orother brands meeting the SP III specifi-cation approved by Hyundai Motor Co..If you are having your vehicle servicedat a facility other than a Hyundai dealer,verify that the correct ATF is used foryour vehicle.

G110D03A-AAT

Checking the automatic transaxlefluid level

The automatic transaxle fluid level shouldbe checked regularly.Keep the vehicle on level ground with theparking brake applied and check the fluidlevel according to the following proce-dure.

1. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral)position and confirm the engine is run-ning at idle speed.

2. After the transaxle is warmed up suffi-ciently [(fluid temperature 158~176°F(70~80°C)], for example by 10 min-utes usual driving, move the shift leverthrough all positions then place theshift lever in N (Neutral) or P (Park)position.


13CHECKING THE BRAKES

!

G120A01A-AAT

G120B01A-AAT

Checking the Brake Fluid Level

CAUTION:Because brakes are essential to thesafe operation of the car, it is sug-gested that they be checked and in-spected by your Hyundai dealer. Thebrakes should be checked and in-spected for wear at those intervalsspecified in the vehicle maintenanceschedule in Section 5.

!

WARNING:Use caution when handling brake fluid.It can damage your vision if it gets intoyour eyes. It will also damage yourvehicle's paint if spilled on it and notremoved immediately.

! WARNING:The cooling fan is controlled by theengine coolant temperature and maysometimes operate even when the en-gine is not running. Use extreme cau-tion when working near the blades ofthe cooling fan, so that you are notinjured by a rotating fan blade. As theengine coolant temperature decreases,the fan will automatically shut off. Thisis a normal condition.

G120D01A-AAT

To Check the Fluid Level

The fluid level in the brake fluid reservoirshould be checked periodically. The levelshould be between the "MIN" and "MAX"marks on the side of the reservoir. If thelevel is at or below the "MIN" mark, care-fully add fluid to bring it up to "MAX". Donot overfill.

OMC055015


14

G140B01A-AAT

Checking the Air Conditioner Opera-tion

1. Start the engine and let it run at fastidle for several minutes with the airconditioner set at the maximum coldsetting.

2. If the air coming out of the in-dashvents is not cold, have the air condi-tioning system inspected by yourHyundai dealer.

CAUTION:Running the air conditioning system forextended periods of time with a lowrefrigerant level may damage the com-pressor.

!

!

G120E02A-AAT

Adding Brake Fluid

WARNING:Handle brake fluid carefully. It can dam-age your vision if it gets into your eyes.Use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 specificationfluid from a sealed container. Do notallow the fluid can or reservoir to re-main open any longer than required.This will avoid entry of dirt and moisturewhich can damage the brake systemand cause improper operation.

To add brake fluid, first wipe away anydirt, then unscrew the fluid reservoir cap.Slowly pour the recommended fluid intothe reservoir. Do not overfill. Carefullyreplace the cap on the reservoir andtighten.

AIR CONDITIONER CARE

G140A01A-AAT

Keeping the Condenser Clean

The air conditioner condenser (and en-gine radiator) should be checked periodi-cally for accumulation of dirt, dead in-sects, leaves, etc. These can interferewith maximum cooling efficiency. Whenremoving such accumulations, brush orhose them away carefully to avoid bend-ing the cooling fans.


15

G140C01A-AAT

Lubrication

To lubricate the compressor and the sealsin the system, the air conditioner shouldbe run for at least 10 minutes each week.This is particularly important during coolweather when the air conditioning sys-tem is not otherwise in use.

2. Pull out the climate control air filter withthe hooks on both sides pressed.

CAUTION:Be careful not to press the hooks in theopposite direction.

!

CHANGING THE CLIMATECONTROL AIR FILTER

B145A02MC-GAT

(For Evaporator and Blower Unit)

The climate control air filter is located infront of the evaporator unit behind theglove box.It helps to decrease the amount of pollut-ants entering the car.

1. Open the glove box and remove theadjusting pins on both sides of theglove box.

B145A01MC

OMC055012


16

3. Take out the climate control air filterand replace it with a new one.

4. Installation is the reverse order of dis-assembly.

OMC055013

G200A01A-AAT

Replacing a Fusible Link

A fusible link will melt if the electricalcircuits from the battery are ever over-loaded, thus preventing damage to theentire wiring harness. (This could becaused by a short in the system drawingtoo much current.) If this ever happens,have a Hyundai dealer determine thecause, repair the system and replace thefusible link. The fusible links are locatedin a relay box for easy inspection.

OMC045003

CAUTION:When replacing a fusible link, neveruse anything but a new fusible link withthe same or lower amperage rating.Never use a piece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link. This could result inserious damage and create a fire haz-ard.

!

CHECKING AND REPLAC-ING FUSES


17

G200B02HP-AAT

Replacing Accessory Fuses

The fuse box for the lights and otherelectrical accessories will be found lowon the dashboard on the driver's side.Inside the box you will find a list showingthe circuits protected by each fuse.If any of your car's lights or other electricalaccessories stop working, a blown (open)fuse could be the reason. If the fuse hasopened, you will see that the metal stripinside the fuse has melted through. If yoususpect a blown fuse, follow this proce-dure:

1. Turn off the ignition and all otherswitches.

2. Open the fuse box and examine eachfuse. Remove each fuse by pulling ittoward you (a small "fuse puller" tool iscontained in the relay and fuse box ofthe engine room to simplify this opera-tion).

3. Be sure to check all other fuses, evenif you find one that appears to haveopened.

4. Replace the blown fuse by pressing anew fuse of the same rating into place.The fuse should be a snug fit. If it is not,have the fuse clip repaired or replacedby a Hyundai dealer. If you do nothave a spare fuse, you may be able toborrow a fuse of the same or lowerrating from an accessory you can tem-porarily get along without (the radio orcigarette lighter, for example). Alwaysremember to replace the borrowedfuse.

OMC045001

G200B02MC


18

CAUTION:An open fuse indicates that there is aproblem in the electrical circuit. If youreplace a fuse and it blows as soon asthe accessory is turned on, the prob-lem is serious and should be referred toa Hyundai dealer for diagnosis and re-pair. Never replace a fuse with anythingexcept a fuse with the same or a loweramperage rating. A higher capacity fusecould cause damage and create a firehazard.

!

NOTE:See page 6-28 for the fuse panel de-scriptions.

G200C01CM-GAT

Power ConnectorNOTE:o If the power connector is pulled up

from the fuse panel, the warningchime, audio, clock and interiorlamps, etc., will not operate. The fol-lowing items must be reset after re-placement.- Digital Clock- Trip computer- Automatic heating and cooling con-

trol system- Audio

o Even though the power connector ispulled up, the battery can still bedischarged by operation of the head-lights or other electrical devices.

Your vehicle is equipped with a powerconnector to prevent battery discharge ifyour vehicle is parked without being op-erated for prolonged periods. Use thefollowing procedures before parking thevehicle for prolonged periods.

1. Turn off the engine.2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights.3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and

pull up the power connector.4. Insert the power connector in the op-

posite direction.

G200F01MC

G200B02L

Good Open-Replace


19CHECKING THE BATTERY

!

G210A01A-AAT

WARNING:Batteries can be dangerous! Whenworking with batteries, carefully ob-serve the following precautions to avoidserious injuries.

o If battery fluid is on your skin, flush theaffected areas with water for at least 15minutes and then seek medical assis-tance.

o If battery fluid is in your eyes, rinse outyour eyes with water and get medicalassistance as soon as possible. Whileyou are being driven to get medicalassistance, continue to rinse your eyesby using a sponge or soft cloth saturat-ed with water.

o If you swallow battery fluid, drink alarge quantity of water or milk followedby milk of magnesia, eat a raw egg ordrink vegetable oil. Get medical assis-tance as soon as possible.

While batteries are being charged (eitherby a battery charger or by the vehicle'salternator), they produce explosive gases.Always observe these warnings to pre-vent injuries from occurring:

o Charge batteries only in a well venti-lated area.

o Do not permit flames, sparks or smok-ing in the area.

o Keep children away from the area.

OMC055018

The fluid in the battery contains a strongsolution of sulfuric acid, which is poison-ous and highly corrosive. Be careful notto spill it on yourself or the car. If you dospill battery fluid on yourself, immediatelydo the following:

G210B04A-AAT

Checking the Battery

Keep the battery clean. Any evidence ofcorrosion around the battery posts or ter-minals should be removed using a solu-tion of household baking soda and warmwater. After the battery terminals are dry,cover them with a light coating of grease.

! PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:Battery posts, terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and lead com-pounds, chemicals known to the stateof California to cause cancer and re-productive harm.Batteries also contain other chemicalsknown to the state of California to causecancer. Wash hands after handling.


20

!

G220A01A-AAT

G220B01A-AAT

Checking Engine Cooling Fan

The engine cooling fan should come onautomatically if the engine coolant tem-perature is high.

WARNING:The radiator fan is controlled by enginecoolant temperature and may some-times operate even when the engine isnot running. Use extreme caution whenworking near the blades of the coolingfan, so that you are not injured by arotating fan blade. As the coolant tem-perature decreases the fan will auto-matically shut off. This is a normal con-dition.

G220C01A-AAT

Checking Condenser Cooling Fan

The condenser cooling fan should comeon automatically whenever the air condi-tioner is in operation.

CHECKING ELECTRICCOOLING FANS

!If electrolyte gets on your skin,thoroughly wash the con-tacted area.If you feel a pain or a burningsensation, get medical atten-tion immediately.Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery.Always provide ventilationwhen working in an enclosedspace.

o When lifting a plastic-cased battery,excessive pressure on the case maycause battery acid to leak, resultingin personal injury. Lift with a batterycarrier or with your hands on oppo-site corners.

o Never attempt to charge the batterywhen the battery cables are con-nected.

o The electrical ignition system workswith high voltage.Never touch these components withthe engine running or the ignitionswitched on.

WARNING:Always read the following in-structions carefully when han-dling a battery.Keep lighted cigarettes andall other flames or sparksaway from the battery.Hydrogen, which is a highlycombustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells andmay explode if ignited.Keep batteries out of the reachof children because batteriescontain highly corrosive SUL-FURIC ACID. Do not allow bat-tery acid to contact your skin,eyes, clothing or paint finish.If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention. If pos-sible, continue to apply waterwith a sponge or cloth untilmedical attention is received.

! WARNING:


21

G240A01A-AAT

POWER STEERING HOSES

It is suggested that you check the powersteering hose connections for fluid leak-age at those intervals specified in thevehicle maintenance schedule in Section5.The power steering hoses should be re-placed if there is severe surface cracking,pulling, scuffing or worn spots. Deteriora-tion of the hose could cause prematurefailure.

POWER STEERING FLUIDLEVEL

G230A01MC-AAT

(If Installed)

The power steering fluid level should bechecked regularly. To check the powersteering fluid level, be sure the engine is"OFF", then check to make certain that thepower steering fluid level is between the"MAX" and "MIN" level markings on thefluid reservoir.

NOTE:o Grinding noise from the power steer-

ing pump may be heard immediatelyafter the engine is started in ex-tremely cold conditions (below -4°F).If the noise stops during warm up,there is no abnormal function in thesystem. It is due to a power steeringfluid characteristic in extremely coldconditions.

o Do not start the engine when thepower steering oil reservoir is empty.

OMC055014

FOR MORE INFORMATIONABOUT YOUR HYUNDAI

G250A01A-AAT

If you desire additional information aboutmaintaining and servicing your Hyundai,you may purchase a factory Shop Manualat your Hyundai dealer's parts depart-ment. This is the same manual used bydealership technicians and while it ishighly technical it can be useful in obtain-ing a better understanding of your carand how it works.


22

Headlight

1. Allow the bulb to cool. Wear eye pro-tection.

2. Open the engine hood and disconnectthe negative (-) post of the battery.

3. Always grasp the bulb by its plasticbase, avoid touching the glass.

4. Disconnect the power cord from theback of the headlight.

REPLACEMENT OF LIGHTBULBS

!

G260A01MC-AAT

Before attempting to replace a light bulb,be sure the switch is turned to the "OFF"position.The next paragraph shows how to reachthe light bulbs so they may be changed.Be sure to replace the burned-out bulbwith one of the same number and watt-age rating.See page 6-27 for the wattage descrip-tions.

CAUTION:o Keep the lamps out of contact with

petroleum products, such as oil,gasoline, etc.

o If you don't have necessary tools,the correct bulbs and the expertise,consult your authorized Hyundaidealer.

G270A02MC-GAT

Headlight, Front Turn Signal Lightand Front Fog Light

CAUTION:o The headlight aiming should be

checked by an authorized Hyundaidealer after replacing the headlightbulbs.

!

OMC055021

Turn signallight

Headlight

Fog light

o After heavy, driving rain or washing,headlight and taillight lenses couldappear frosty. This condition iscaused by the temperature differ-ence between the lamp inside andoutside. This is similar to the con-densation on your windows insideyour vehicle during the rain anddoesn’t indicate a problem with yourvehicle. If the water leaks into thelamp bulb circuitry, have the vehiclechecked by an authorized Hyundaidealer.


23

G270A03O

! WARNING:o When removing/replacing halogen

bulbs, always handle the metal bodyof the bulb, not the glass.

o The halogen bulb contains gas underpressure and if impacted could shat-ter, resulting in flying fragments. Al-ways wear eye protection when ser-vicing the bulb. Protect the bulbagainst abrasions or scratches andagainst liquids when lighted. Turnthe bulb on only when installed in aheadlight. Replace the headlight ifdamaged or cracked. Keep the bulbout of the reach of children and dis-pose of the used bulb with care.

5. Remove the socket cover.6. Push the bulb spring to remove the

headlight bulb.7. Remove the protective cap from the

replacement bulb and install the newbulb by matching the plastic base withthe headlight hole. Reattach the bulbspring and install the socket cover.Reconnect the power cord.

8. Use the protective cap and carton todispose of the old bulb.

9.Check for proper headlight aim.

OMC055022

Front Turn Signal light

1. Open the engine hood and disconnectthe negative (-) post of the battery.

2. Disconnect the power cord from thebulb.

3. Take out the bulb from the bulb holderby turning it counterclockwise.

4. Install the new bulb.

OMC055023

Front Fog Light (If Installed)

NOTE:It is recommended that the front foglight bulb be replaced by an authorizedHyundai dealer.


24

4. Detach the rear combination lamp bypulling it out (4 Door) or remove themounting screws of the rear combina-tion lamp with a phillips screwdriver (3Door).

OMC055026

3. Remove the nuts of the rear combina-tion light with a spanner.

G270D01MC-AAT

Rear Combination Light1. Open the trunk lid (4 Door) or tail gate

(3 Door).

OMC055024

OMC055025

2. Remove the cover on the inside ofluggage trim.

4 Door

4 Door 4 Door

OMC055026-1

3 Door


25

OMC055028-1

5. To replace the rear combination light,take it out from the bulb holder byturning it counterclockwise.

(1) Tail Light(2) Turn Signal Light(3) Back-up Light(4) Stop/Tail Light

6. Install the new bulb.

OMC055027

G270C01MC-GAT

Luggage Compartment Light

OMC055028

1. Open the trunk lid (4 Door) or tail gate(3 Door).

2. Carefully remove the cover with a flat-head screwdriver.

3. Replace with a new bulb.

HTB284

4 Door

3 Door


26

G270G01MC-GAT


1. Remove the cover with a flat-headscrewdriver.


OMC055029

G275H01MC-GAT

Interior Light

1. Remove the cover with a flat-headscrewdriver.


OMC055030

G270E01A-GAT

Side Repeater Light (If Installed)

G270E01MC

1. Push the cover toward the front ofvehicle and remove it.

2. Disconnect the power code.3. Replace with a new bulb.


27BULB WATTAGE

G280A03MC-AAT

G280A02MC-U

Bulb Type

HB2 Long Life

2357

10W (FESTOON)

10W (FESTOON)

GE881

WY5W

Part Name

Stop/Tail Light

High Mounted Rear Stop Light

Luggage Compartment Light

Rear Turn Signal Light

Back-up Light

License Plate Light

Part Name

Headlight (High/Low)

Front Turn Signal Light/

Side Marker Light


Interior Light

Front Fog Light (If Installed)

Side Repeater Light (If Installed)

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

No.

7

8

9

10

11

12

Wattage

55/60

28/8

10

10

27

5

Wattage

27/8

16

5

27

16

5

Bulb Type

1157

W16W

C5W

1156

W16W

C5W

4 Door 3 Door


28 FUSE PANEL DESCRIPTION

FUSE RATING125A50A40A40A40A40A30A30A30A30A30A20A

15A

10A10A10A10A

10A

30A

G200C01MC-AAT

Engine Compartment

NOTE:Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When youinspect the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.

CIRCUIT PROTECTEDGeneratorI/P Junction BoxBlower Relay, Blower MotorABS Control Module, Multipurpose Check ConnectorABS Control Module, Multipurpose Check ConnectorStart Relay, Ignition SwitchIgnition SwitchI/P Junction Box, Tail Lamp RelayI/P Junction Box, Power Window RelayRadiator Fan RelayMain Relay, Fuel Pump RelayECM, PCMInjector #1, #2, #3, #4, CVVT Oil Control Valve, Immobilizer Control Module,PurgeControl Solenoid Valve, Idle Speed Control Actuator, Fuel Pump RelayA/Con RelayA/C Control ModuleECM, PCMHorn Relay, Burglar Alarm Horn RelayA/Con Relay, Rad Fan Relay, Cond Fan Relay #1, #2, Camshaft PositionSensor,Oxygen Sensor(UP, DOWN), Mass Air Flow SensorCondenser Fan Relay #1

MAINBATT #1BLOWERABS #1ABS #2IGN #2IGN #1BATT #2P/WDW

RADECU AECU C

INJ

A/CON #1A/CON #2

ECU BHORN

SNSR

COND

FUSE

G200C01MC


29

G200E01MC-AAT

Inner Panel

G200E01MC

FUSE RATING

25A

25A10A25A10A

10A

15A25A10A10A20A

10A

10A

30A25A10A10A15A10A

CIRCUIT PROTECTEDDriver Power Window Switch, Assist Power Window Switch,Rear Power WindowSwitch RHDriver Power Window Switch, Rear Power Window Switch LHPower Outside Mirror Switch, Digital Clock, AudioCigarette Lighter, Power OutletHead Lamp LH, DRL Control ModuleECM, Driver Power Outside Mirror Motor,Assist Power Outside Mirror Motor, PCM,Rear Defogger SwitchMulti-function Swicth, Rear Wiper MotorMulti-function Switch, Front Wiper MotorRear Combination Lamp LH, License Lamp LH(3DOOR),Turn Signal Lamp LHFront Fog RelayDriver Seat Warmer Switch, Assist Seat Warmer SwitchActive Interior & Humidity Sensor, A/C Control Module, BCM, Blower Relay, SunroofMotorRear Combination Lamp RH, License Lamp RH(3DOOR), License Lamp(4DOOR),Shunt Connector, Turn Signal Lamp RHBCM, Rear Defogger, Rear Defogger RelayAMPHead Lamp RH, Instrument Cluster, DRL Control ModuleHazard Relay, Hazard SwitchSRS Control ModuleTelltale Lamp, Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor

P/WDW RH

P/WDW LHAUDIO

C/LIGHTERH/LP (LH)

HTD MIRR

RR WIPERFR WIPER

TAIL LP (LH)IGN

HTD SEAT

BLOWER

TAIL LP (RH)

HTD GLASSAMP

H/LP (RH)HAZARDA/BAGSNSR

FUSE


30

FUSE RATING

10A

20A10A10A

15A

10A10A

20A

10A

10A

15A

15A

10A

10A10A10A

CIRCUIT PROTECTEDFront Fog Lamp Switch, Front Fog Lamp LH, Front Fog Lamp RH, Front FogLamp RelaySunroof MotorHazard SwitchOverdrive Switch, Vehicle Speed SensorData Link Connector, Stop Lamp Switch, P/WDW Relay,Multipurpose CheckConnectorInstrument ClusterECM, PCMDriver Door Lock Actuator, Assist Door Lock Actuator, BCM,Rear Door LockActuator LH, Rear Door Lock Actuator RH,Driver Power Window Switch, TailGate Lock ActuatorStart Relay, Burglar Alarm RelayBCM, Instrument Cluster, Generator, DRL Control Module, Tire PressureMonitoring Module, Pre-excitation ResistorIgnition Coil #1, #2, #3, #4, Condenser

Audio

Luggage Lamp, Room Lamp, Vanity Lamp Switch, Digital Clock,OverheadConsole Lamp, A/C Control Module, Instrument Cluster, Door Warning Switch,BCM, Tire Pressure Monitoring ModuleABS Control Module, Multipurpose Check ConnectorBack-up Lamp Switch, Transaxle Range Switch, Multipurpose Check ConnectorDRL Control Module

FR FOG LP

S/ROOFT/SIG LP

TCU

STOP LP

A/BAG INDECU

C/DR LOCK

START

CLUSTER

IGN COILAUDIO

(Power Connector)

MULT B/UP(Power Connector)

ABSB/UP LP

DRL

FUSE

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

7Emission Control System ............................................. 7-2Catalytic Converter ....................................................... 7-3

7

7 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

2 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

Canister

Fuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the induction sys-tem through the purge control solenoidvalve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)

The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant tem-perature is low during idling, the PCSVcloses so that evaporated fuel is not takeninto the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel to theengine.

H010B01A-AAT

1. Crankcase Emission ControlSystem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase. This system suppliesfiltered fresh air to the crankcase throughthe air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,then passes through the PCV valve intothe induction system.

H010A01A-AAT

Your Hyundai is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all require-ments of the U.S. Environmental Protec-tion Agency or California Air ResourcesBoard.There are three emission control systemswhich are as follows.

1) Crankcase Emission Control System2) Evaporative Emission Control System3) Exhaust Emission Control System

In order to ensure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is recom-mended that you have your car inspectedand maintained by an authorized Hyundaidealer in accordance with the mainte-nance schedule in this manual.

H010D01A-AAT

3. Exhaust EmissionControl System

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions while maintaininggood vehicle performace.

H010C01S-AAT

2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-cluding ORVR: Onboard Refuel-ing Vapor Recovery) System

The Evaporative Emission Control Sys-tem is designed to prevent fuel vaporsfrom escaping into the atmosphere.(The ORVR system is designed to allowthe vapors from the fuel tank to be loadedinto a canister while refueling at the gasstation, preventing the escape of fuelvapors into the atmosphere.)

7EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

3CATALYTIC CONVERTER

!!H020A03A-AAT

(If Installed)

Hyundai vehicle is equipped with a mono-lith type three-way catalytic converter toreduce the carbon monoxide, hydrocar-bons and nitrogen oxides contained inthe exhaust gas. Exhaust gases passingthrough the catalytic converter cause it tooperate at a very high temperature. Theintroduction of large amounts of unburnedgasoline into the exhaust may cause thecatalytic converter to overheat and createa fire hazard. This risk may be reduced byobserving the following:

WARNING:o Do not touch the catalytic converter

or any other part of the exhaust sys-tem while the catalytic converter ishot. Shut off the engine, wait for atleast one hour before touching thecatalytic converter or any other partof the exhaust system.

o Remember that your Hyundai dealeris your best source of assistance.

o Do not park, idle or drive your ve-hicle over any combustible materialsuch as grass, paper, leaves or rags.These materials might contact thehot catalytic converter and a firemight result.

H020A01MCCatalytic Converter

WARNING:o Use unleaded fuel only.o Maintain the engine in good operat-

ing condition. Extremely high cata-lytic converter temperatures can re-sult from improper operation of theelectrical, ignition or multiport elec-tronic fuel injection.

o If your engine stalls, pings, knocks,or is hard to start, have your Hyundaidealer inspect and repair the prob-lem as soon as possible.

o Avoid driving with a very low fuellevel. Running out of gasoline maycause the engine to misfire and re-sult in damage to the catalytic con-verter.

o Avoid idling the engine for periodslonger than 10 minutes.

o The vehicle should not be pushed orpulled to get started. This may causethe catalytic converter to overheatand create a fire hazard.

CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTINGSAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING

ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ............................. 8-2Engine Number ............................................................. 8-3Tire Information ............................................................. 8-3Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures .............. 8-3Checking Tire Inflation Pressure .................................. 8-6Tire Sidewall Labeling ................................................... 8-6Tire Terminology and Definitions .................................. 8-8All Season Tires ......................................................... 8-10Snow Tires.................................................................. 8-10Tire Chains ................................................................. 8-11Tire Rotation ............................................................... 8-11Tire Balancing ............................................................. 8-12Tire Traction................................................................ 8-12When to Replace Tires ............................................... 8-12Tire Maintenance ........................................................ 8-13Spare Tire and Tools .................................................. 8-14Warranties for Your Hyundai Vehicle ......................... 8-15Consumer Information ................................................ 8-15Reporting Safety Defects ........................................... 8-18Binding Arbitration of Warranty Claims ...................... 8-18

88

8 CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

2 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN)

I010A01MC-AAT The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your carand in all legal matters pertaining to itsownership, etc. It can be found in fourdifferent places on your car:

1. Lower side of the front passenger seatunder the carpet.

2. On the left top side of the instrumentpanel where it can be seen by lookingdown through the windshield.

3. Door edge post4. On the lower side of the center pillar

outer panel.1JBA5003

OMC079010

1JBA5005

OMC079011

1

2

3

4

8CONSUMER INFORMATION, REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS & BINDING ARBITRATION OF WARRANTY CLAIMS

3ENGINE NUMBER

I010B01A-AAT

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown in the drawing.

TIRES

I020A02A-AAT

TIRE INFORMATION

The tires supplied on your new Hyndaiare chosen to provide the best perfor-mance for normal driving.If you ever have questions about yourtire warranty and where to obtain ser-vice, see the tire manufacture's book-let included with your vehicle's Owner'sManual Literature Kit.

I030A02MC-AAT

RECOMMENDED COLD TIRE INFLA-TION PRESSURES

Tire label located on the driver's sideof the center pillar outer panel givesthe cold tire pressures recommendedfor your vehicle with the original tiresize, the number of people that can bein your vehicle and vehicle capacityweight.

OMC079012

OMC065001


4

!

These pressures were chosen to pro-vide the most satisfactory combina-tion of ride comfort, tire wear andstability under normal conditions. Tirepressures should be checked at leastmonthly. Proper tire inflation pressuresshould be maintained for these rea-sons:

WARNING:o Inspect your tires frequently for

proper inflation as well as wearand damage. Always use a tirepressure gauge.

o Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly causingpoor handling, loss of vehiclecontrol, and sudden tire failureleading to accidents, injuries, andeven death. The recommendedcold tire pressure for your ve-hicle can be found in this manualand on the tire label located onthe driver's side of the centerpillar.

OMC049405

OMC049406

OMC049407

OMC049408

Type A

Type B

Type C

Type D


5

!

!

o Worn tires can cause accidents.Replace tires that are worn, showuneven wear, or are damaged.See page 8-12.

o Remember to check the pressureof your spare tire. Hyundai rec-ommends that you check thespare every time you check thepressure of the other tires onyour vehicle.

WARNING:Overinflation or underinflation canreduce the tire life, adversely affectvehicle handling, and lead to sud-den tire failure. This could rusult inloss of vehicle control and potentialinjury.

CAUTION:Always observe the following:

o Check pressures when the tiresare cold. (After the vehicle hasbeen parked for at least threehours or hasn't been driven morethan one mile (1.6 km) since start-ing up.)

o Check the pressure of your sparetire each time you check the pres-sure of other tires.

o Never overload your vehicle. Beespecially careful about overload-ing if you equip your vehicle witha luggage rack.

o Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badly worn,or if your tires have been dam-aged, replace them.

!WARNING:

NOTE:o Underinflation also results in ex-

cessive wear, poor handling andreduced fuel economy. Wheel de-formation also is possible. Keepyour tire pressures at the properlevels. If a tire frequently needsrefilling, have it checked by yourHyundai Dealer.

o Overinflation produces a harshride, excessive wear at the centerof the tire tread, and a greaterpossibility of damage from roadhazards.


6

If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gauge. Besure to put the valve caps back on thevalve stems. They help prevent leaksby keeping out dirt and moisture.

Federal law requires tire manufactur-ers to place standardized informationon the sidewall of all tires. This infor-mation identifies and describes thefundamental characteristics of the tireand also provides the tire identificationnumber (TIN) for safety standard cer-tification. The TIN can be used toidentify the tire in case of a recall.

I030B01MC-AAT

TIRE SIDEWALL LABELING

I030B04JM

1

23

4

5, 6

7

1

I035A01JM-AAT

CHECKING TIRE INFLATION PRES-SURE

Check your tires once a month ormore. Also, check the tire pressure ofthe spare tire.

How to Check

Use a good quality gauge to check tirepressure. You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by lookingat them. Radial tires may look properlyinflated even when they're underinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressure whenthe tires are cold. - "Cold" means yourvehicle has been sitting for at leastthree hours or driven no more than 1mile (1.6 km).Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gauge firmlyonto the valve to get a pressure mea-surement. If the cold tire inflation pres-sure matches the recommended pres-sure on the tire and loading informationlabel, no further adjustment is neces-sary. If the pressure is low, add airuntil you reach the recommendedamount.


7

1. Manufacturer or Brand nameo Manufacturer or Brand name is

shown.2. Tire size (example: P175/70R14)

o The "P" indicates the tire is de-signed for passenger vehicles. A"T" is the designation for a tempo-rary spare tire.

o Three-digit number (175): Thisnumber gives the width in millime-ters of the tire from sidewall edgeto sidewall edge.

o Two-digit number (70): This num-ber, known as the aspect ratio,gives the tire's ratio of height towidth.

o R: The "R" stands for radial.o Two-digit number (14): This num-

ber is the wheel or rim diameter ininches.

o Two (or three) digit number (84):This number is the tire's load in-dex. It is a measurement of howmuch weight each tire can sup-port.

o T: Speed Rating. The speed rat-ing denotes the speed at which atire is designed to be driven forextended periods of time. Theratings range from "A" to "Z" (98to 186 MPH).

3. TIN (Tire Identification Number) fornew tire (example: DOT XX XXXXX XXXX)o DOT: Abbreviation for the "De-

partment of Transportation". Thesymbol can be placed above, be-low or to the left or right of the TireIdentification Number. Indicatestire is in compliance with the U.S.Department of TransportationMotor Vehicle Safety Standards.

o 1st two-digit code: Manufacturer'sidentification mark

o 2nd two-digit code: Tire sizeo 3rd three-digit code: Tire type code

(Optional)o 4th four-digit code: Date of Manu-

factureo Four numbers represent the week

and year the tire was built. Forexample, the numbers 3108means the 31st week of 2008.

4. Tire ply composition and mate-rialThe number of layers or plies ofrubbercoated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicatethe materials in the tire, which in-clude steel, nylon, polyester, andothers. The letter "R" means radialply construction; the letter "D" meansdiagonal or bias ply construction;and the letter "B" means belted-biasply construction.

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressureThis number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maxi-mum permissible inflation pressure.Refer to the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label for recommended infla-tion pressure.


8

I030D01JM-AAT

TIRE TERMINOLOGY AND DEFINI-TIONS

Air Pressure: The amount of air insidethe tire pressing outward on the tire.Air pressure is expressed in poundsper square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional accesso-ries. Some examples of optional ac-cessories are, automatic transmission,power seats, and air conditioning.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords that holdthe tire onto the rim.Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inpounds per square inch (psi) orkilopascals (kPa) before a tire hasbuilt up heat from driving.Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including the maxi-mum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant,but without passengers and cargo.DOT Markings: A code molded intothe sidewall of a tire signifying that thetire is in compliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation motorvehicle safety standards. The DOTcode includes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric desig-nator which can also identify the tiremanufacturer, production plant, brandand date of production.GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight Rat-ing for the front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight Ratingfor the rear axle.

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maxi-mum load in kilograms and poundsthat can be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

7. Uniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG):Tire manufacturers are required tograde tires based on three perfor-mance factors: treadwear, tractionand temperature resistance. Formore information, see Uniform TireQuality Grading on page 8-15.


9

Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, that mustalways face outward when mounted ona vehicle.Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Load Index: An assigned number rang-ing from 1 to 279 that corresponds tothe load carrying capacity of a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which a coldtire may be inflated. The maximum airpressure is molded onto the sidewall.Maximum Load Rating: The load rat-ing for a tire at the maximum permis-sible inflation pressure for that tire.Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: The num-ber of occupants a vehicle is designedto seat multiplied by 150 pounds (68kg).

Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The side of thetire that contains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering or bears manufacturer,brand and or model name molding thatis higher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewall of thetire.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire usedon passenger cars and some light dutytrucks and multipurpose vehicles.Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure and shown onthe tire placard.Radial Ply tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seated.Sidewall: The portion of a tire be-tween the tread and the bead.Speed Rating: An alphanumeric codeassigned to a tire indicating the maxi-mum speed at which a tire can oper-ate.Traction: The friction between the tireand the road surface. The amount ofgrip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire that comesinto contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrow bands,sometimes called "wear bars," thatshow across the tread of a tire whenonly 2/32 inch of tread remains.UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality GradingStandards, a tire information systemthat provides consumers with ratingsfor a tire's traction, temperature andtreadwear. Ratings are determined bytire manufacturers using governmenttesting procedures. The ratings aremolded into the sidewall of the tire.


10

I040A01O-AAT

SNOW TIRES

If you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; otherwise,poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa)more air pressure than the pressurerecommended for the standard tires onthe tire label on the driver's side of thecenter pillar , or up to the maximumpressure shown on the tire sidewallwhichever is less.Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120km/h) when your car is equipped withsnow tires.

I040B01JM-AAT

ALL SEASON TIRES

Hyundai specifies all season tires onsome models to provide good perfor-mance for use all year round, includingsnowy and icy road conditions. All sea-son tires are identified by ALL SEA-SON and/or M+S (Mud and Snow) onthe tire sidewall. Snow tires have bettersnow traction than all season tires anmay be more appropriate in some areas.

Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus therated cargo and luggage load.Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire due to curband accessory weight plus maximumoccupant and cargo weight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:That load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to each axleits share of the curb weight, accessoryweight, and normal occupant weightand driving by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanentlyattached to a vehicle showing the origi-nal equipment tire size and recom-mended inflation pressure.


11

!

!

I050A01MC-AAT

TIRE CHAINS

Tire chains, if necessary, should beinstalled on the front wheels. Be surethat the chains are installed in accor-dance with the manufacturer's instruc-tions.

To minimize tire and chain wear, donot continue to use tire chains whenthey are no longer needed.

WARNING:o If your vehicle is equipped with

P205/45R16 size tires, do not in-stall tire chains. This may causedamage to the vehicle (wheels,suspension and body) by chainscontacting the body.

o When driving on roads coveredwith snow or ice, drive at lessthan 20 mph (30 km/h).

o Use the SAE "S" class or wire &plastic chains.

o If you have noise caused bychains contacting the body, re-tighten the chain to avoid contactwith the vehicle body.

o To prevent body damage, re-tighten the chains after driving0.3~0.6 miles.

o Don't use tire chains on a vehicleequipped with aluminium wheels.If it is unavoidable, use wire typechains.

o Use wire chains less than 15 mmto prevent damage to the chain'sconnection.

WARNING:

I060A02A-AAT

TIRE ROTATION

Tires should be rotated every 7,500miles (12,000 km). If you notice thattires are wearing unevenly betweenrotations, have the car checked by aHyundai dealer so the cause may becorrected.After rotating, adjust the tire pressuresand be sure to check the wheel nuttorque.

HEF-241


12

I090A05A-AAT

WHEN TO REPLACE TIRES

Tread wearindicator

The original tires on your car havetread wear indicators. The location oftread wear indicators is shown by the"TWI" or " " marks, etc., The treadwear indicators appear when the treaddepth is 0.06 in. (1.6 mm). The tireshould be replaced when these appearas a solid bar across two or moregrooves of the tread. Always replaceyour tires with those of the recom-mended size. If you change wheels,the new wheel's rim width and offsetmust meet Hyundai specification.

OMC055017

! WARNING:o Do not use the temporary spare

tire for tire rotation.o Do not mix bias ply and radial ply

tires under any circumstances.This may cause unusual handlingcharacteristics that could resultin death, serious injury, or prop-erty damage.

I070A01A-AAT

TIRE BALANCING

A tire that is out of balance may affecthandling and tire wear. The tires onyour Hyundai were balanced beforethe car was delivered but may needbalancing again during the years youown the car.Whenever a tire is dismounted forrepair, it should be rebalanced beforebeing reinstalled on the car.

I080A01A-AAT

TIRE TRACTION

Tire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that are im-properly inflated or on slippery roadsurfaces. Tires should be replacedwhen tread wear indicators appear. Toreduce the possibility of losing control,slow down whenever there is rain,snow or ice on the road.


13

!

!! WARNING:To reduce the chance or serious orfatal injuries from an accidentcaused by tire failure or loss ofvehicle control:o Replace tires that are worn, show

uneven wear, or are damaged.Worn tires can cause loss of brak-ing effectiveness, steering con-trol, and traction.

o Do not drive your vehicle with toolittle or too much pressure inyour tires. This can lead to un-even wear and tire failure.

o When replacing tires, never mixradial and bias-ply tires on thesame car. You must replace alltires (including the spare) if mov-ing from radial to bias-ply tires.

o Using tires and wheel other thanthe recommended sizes couldcause unusual handling charac-teristics and poor vehicle con-trol, resulting in a serious acci-dent.

I090B02JM-AAT

TIRE MAINTENANCE

In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decrease tirewear. If you find a tire is worn un-evenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.

When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. This willincrease vehicle ride comfort and tirelife. Additionally, a tire shoud alwaysbe rebalanced if it is removed from thewheel.

o Wheels that do not meet Hyundai'sspecifications may fit poorly andresult in damage to the vehicle orunusual handling and poor ve-hicle control.

o Tires degrade over time, even whenthey are not being used. Regard-less of the remaining tread, it isrecommended that tires tread, It isrecommended that tires generallybe replaced after 6 years of normalservice. Heat caused by not to hotclimates or frequent high loadingConditions can accelerate the ag-ing process. Failure to follow thisWarning can result in sudden tirefailure, which could lead to a lossof control and an accident involv-ing serious injury or death.

o The ABS works by comparing thespeed of the wheels. Tire size canaffect wheel speed. When replac-ing tires, all 4 tires must use thesame size originally supplied withthe vehicle. Using tires of a differ-ent size can cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) (If Installed)to work irregularly.

WARNING:

WARNING:o Underinflated or overinflated tires

can cause poor handling, loss ofvehicle control, and sudden tirefailure leading to accidents, inju-ries, and even death. Alwayscheck tires are properly inflatedbefore driving. Refer to pages 2-20 and 8-3 for proper tire pres-sures and further information.


14

! WARNING:

I100A01MC-AAT

SPARE TIRE AND TOOLS

Your Hyundai is delivered with thefollowing:

Spare tire and wheelJack, Towing hook (If Installed)Wrench bar, Wheel nut wrench

I110A01A-AAT

SHOP MANUAL

A Hyundai Shop Manual is available fromyour authorized Hyundai dealer. It's writ-ten for professional technicians, but issimple enough for most mechanically-inclined owners to understand.

D060B01MC-A

o Driving on tires with no or insuf-ficient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tires can result in loss ofvehicle control, collisions, andinjury and even death. Worn-outtires should be replaced as soonas possible and should never beused for driving. Always checktire tread before driving your car.Refer to this page for further in-formation and tread limits.


15CONSUMER INFORMATION

I130A01A-AAT

This consumer information has been pre-pared in accordance with regulations is-sued by the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration of the U.S. Depart-ment of Transportation. It provides thepurchasers and/or prospective purchas-ers of Hyundai automobiles with informa-tion on uniform tire quality grading. YourHyundai dealer will help answer anyquestions you may have as you read thisinformation.

I130B05A-AAT

Tire Quality Grading

Department of Transportation qualitygrades - All passenger vehicle tiresmust conform to Federal motor vehicleSafety Standards in addition to thesegrades. These quality grades aremolded on the sidewall.

Treadwear - The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on the wearrate of the tire when tested undercontrolled conditions on a specifiedgovernment test course. For example,a tire graded 150 would wear one anda half (1 - 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded100. The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and may departsignificantly from the norm due tovariations in driving habits, servicepractices and differences in road char-acteristics and climate.

WARRANTIES FOR YOURHYUNDAI VEHICLE

I120A03A-AAT

Please consult your Owner's Handbook& Warranty Information booklet for yourvehicle's specific warranty coverage.


16

Temperature A, B, C - The tempera-ture grades are A (the highest), B, andC, representing the tire's resistance tothe generation of heat and its ability todissipate heat when tested under con-trolled conditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustained hightemperature can cause the material ofthe tire to degenerate and reduce tirelife, and excessive temperature canlead to sudden tire failure. The grade Ccorresponds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standard No. 109. Grades Band A represent higher levels of perfor-mance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.

! WARNING:The temperature grade for this tireis established for a tire that is prop-erly inflated and not overloaded.Excessive speed, underinflation, orexcessive loading, either separatelyor in combination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Uniform Tire Quality GradingQuality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewall betweentread shoulder and maximum sectionwidth.For example:TREAD wear 200TRACTION AATEMPERATUE A

!

Traction AA, A, B, C - The tractiongrades, from highest to lowest, areAA, A, B, and C. Those grades repre-sent the tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured under con-trolled conditions on specified govern-ment test surfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C may havepoor traction performance.

WARNING:The traction grade assigned to thistire is based on straight-ahead brak-ing traction tests, and does not in-clude acceleration, cornering, hy-droplaning, or peak traction charac-teristics.


17

Southern Region: Florida, Georgia, NorthCarolina, South Carolina.

Southern Region270 Riverside Parkway, Suite AAustell, GA 30168(800) 633-5151

South Central Region: Alabama, Arkan-sas, Colorado, Kansas, Louisiana, Mis-sissippi, Missouri, New Mexico, Okla-homa, Tennessee, Texas, Wyoming.

South Central Region1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400Coppell, TX 75019(800) 633-5151

Central Region: Illinois, Indiana, lowa,Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Ne-braska, North Dakota, South Dakota, Ohio,Wisconsin.

Central Region1705 Sequoia DriveAurora, Illinois 60506(800) 633-5151

Western Region: Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona,California, ldaho, Montana, Nevada, Or-egon, Texas, Utah, Washington.

Western Region10550 Talbert AvenueP.O.Box 20850Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850(800) 633-5151

I130D04A-AAT

Hyundai motor vehicles are designedand manufactured to meet or exceed allapplicable safety standards.

For your safety, however, we stronglyurge you to read and follow all directionsin this Owner's Manual, particularly theinformation under the headings "NOTE","CAUTION" and "WARNING".

If, after reading this manual, you haveany questions regarding the operation ofyour vehicle, please contact your nearestHyundai Motor America Regional Officeas listed below:

Eastern Region : Connecticut, Delaware,Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, NewHampshire, New Jersey, New York,Pennsylvanina, Rhode Island, Vermont,Virginia, West Virginia.

Eastern Region1100 Cranbury South River RoadJamesburg, NJ 08831(800) 633-5151


18

I140A01A-AAT

Any claim or dispute you may haverelated to your vehicle's warranty orthe duties contemplated under the war-ranty, including claims related to therefund or partial refund of your vehicle'spurchase price (excluding personal in-jury or product liability claims), shallbe resolved by binding arbitration. Bind-ing arbitration shall be administered byand through the National ArbitrationForum (NAF) or the American Arbitra-tion Association (AAA), under the Codeof Procedure of the entity you select.You will not be responsible for payingfiling and hearing fees above $275.00.All other arbitration costs shall be borneby Hyundai Motor America. You arenot responsible to pay any of the costsHyundai incurs.This Binding Arbitration Agreementshall not deprive you of any remediesavailable to you under applicable law.

The parties are waiving their right toseek remedies in court, including theright to a jury trial.This Binding Arbitration Agreementshall be governed by and interpretedunder the Federal Arbitration Act, 9U.S.C. sections 1-16. Judgment uponany award may be entered in any courthaving jurisdiction.You may revoke this Arbitration Agree-ment by (1) written notice or (2) elec-tronic notice. Written notice must bedelivered (via certified mail) to HyundaiMotor America, Attn: Consumer Af-fairs, 10550 Talbert Avenue, P.O. Box20849, Fountain Valley, CA 92728-0849.Electronic notice must be submitted atthe following website address: http://warranty-arbitration.hyundaiUSA.com.Notice must be received within 90days after you purchase your vehicle.

BINDING ARBITRATION(U.S.A only)

I130C03A-AAT

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash or couldcause injury or death, you should imme-diately inform the National Highway Traf-fic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in ad-dition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTORAMERICA. If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defect exists ina group of vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign. However, NHTSAcannot become involved in individualproblems between you, your dealer, orHYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.To contact NHTSA, you may call the Ve-hicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Ad-ministrator, NHTSA, 1200 New JerseyAvenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. Youcan also obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

REPORTING SAFETY DE-FECTS

Measurement ................................................................ 9-2Engine ........................................................................... 9-3Lubrication Chart ........................................................... 9-4

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

99

9 VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

2

Tire Size

P175/70 R14, P185/65 R14, P195/55 R15

P175/70 R14, P185/65 R14, P205/45 R16

T115/70 D15

in. (mm)

Liter

45

Dual hydraulic with brake booster

Ventilated disc

Drum

Cable operated on rear wheel

4Door

3Door

Spare

US. gal

11.9Fuel tank capacity

Imp.gal

9.9

Type

Front brake type

Rear brake type

Parking brake

Inflation Pressure

32PSI (220 kPa)

60PSI (420 kPa)

J010A03MC-AAT

MEASUREMENT

J020A01MC-AAT

POWER STEERING

J060A01A-AAT

FUEL SYSTEM

J050A02MC-AAT

BRAKE

J030A03MC-AAT

TIRE

4 DOOR

168.5 (4280)

66.7 (1695)

57.8 (1470)

98.4 (2500)

57.8 (1470) / 58.4 (1485)*

57.4 (1460) / 58 (1475)*

Item

Overall length

Overall width

Overall height

Wheel base

Wheel tread Front

Rear

3 DOOR

159.2 (4045)

Type

Wheel free play

Rack stroke

Oil pump type

Rack and pinion

0 ~ 1.18 in (0 ~ 30 mm)

5.59 in. (142 mm)

5.43 in. (138 mm)

Vane type

175 Tire only

Except 175 Tire

* with P175/70R14 Tire

9VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

3ENGINE

SPECIFICATIONS

1.6 MPI

4-Cylinder in-line DOHC

3.01 x 3.42 in. (76.5 x 87 mm)

1,599

700 ± 100

BTDC 5° ± 5°

1 - 3 - 4 - 2

J070A02MC-AAT

ITEMS

Engine Type

Bore x Stroke

Displacement (cc)

Idle Speed (RPM)

Ignition timing (Base)

Firing order

9 VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

4

Oil & Grease Standard

API SJ, SL or ABOVE,

ILSAC GF-3 or ABOVE

HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF 75W/85 (API GL-4)

HYUNDAI GENUINE ATF SP III, DIAMOND ATF SP III, SK ATF SP III or other

brands meeting the SP III specification approved by Hyundai Motor Co.

PSF-3

DOT 3, DOT 4 or Equivalent

Ethylene glycol base for aluminum radiator

SAE 5W-20, 5W-30

(ALL TEMP. RANGE)

SAE 10W-30 [ABOVE 0°F (-18°C)]

LUBRICATION CHART

Item

Engine oil

Recommends

Transaxle Manual

Automatic

Power steering

Brake fluid

Coolant Manual

Transaxle

Automatic

Transaxle

J080A01MC-AAT

Q'ty (US.QTS)(Imp.qts, liter)

Drain and refill

Without oil filter : 3.17 (2.6, 3.0)

With oil filter : 3.48 (2.9, 3.3)

2 (1.67, 1.9)

6.44 (5.3, 6.1)

As required

As required

5.49 (4.5, 5.2)

5.60 (4.6, 5.3)

10

INDEX

10

10 INDEX

2

AAdvanced Supplemental Restraint (AIRBAG)System (SRS) .................................................................... 1-41

Curtain airbag ................................................................. 1-56Driver's and passenger's front airbag ............................ 1-42Occupant classification system ...................................... 1-49Side impact airbag ......................................................... 1-54

Air Cleaner Filter .................................................................. 6-9Air Conditioning

Care ................................................................................. 6-14Operation ............................................................ 1-113, 6-15Switch ............................................................................ 1-113

Antenna ............................................................................ 1-119Ashtray ................................................................................ 1-83Audio System ................................................................... 1-120

BBattery ................................................................................. 6-19Binding Arbitration ............................................................. 8-18Brake

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ......................................... 2-13Checking the brakes ...................................................... 6-13Fluid ................................................................................. 6-13Practices .......................................................................... 2-14

Breaking-In your New Hyundai ........................................... 1-3

CCare of Discs .................................................................... 1-119Cargo Area Cover .............................................................. 1-99Catalytic Converter ............................................................... 7-3Child Restraint System ...................................................... 1-31

Installing a child restraint seat with "Tether Anchorage" system ........................................... 1-33Securing a child restraint seat with "Child Seat Lower Anchor" system ............................... 1-35

Child-Protector Rear Door Lock .......................................... 1-6Cigarette Lighter ................................................................ 1-82Climate Control Air Filter ....................................... 1-116, 6-15Clock ................................................................................... 1-82Combination Light .............................................................. 1-76

Headlight flasher ............................................................ 1-77Headlight switch ............................................................. 1-76High-beam switch ........................................................... 1-77Lane change signal ........................................................ 1-76Parking light auto off ...................................................... 1-77Turn signal operation ..................................................... 1-76

Consumer Information ....................................................... 8-15Cooling Fans ...................................................................... 6-20Corrosion Protection

Cleaning the interior ......................................................... 4-6Protecting your Hyundai from corrosion .......................... 4-2Washing and waxing ........................................................ 4-4

Cruise Control .................................................................. 1-101

10INDEX

3

DDefrosting/Defogging ........................................... 1-112, 1-115Door

Central door locks ............................................................ 1-7Door locks ......................................................................... 1-4Door ajar warning light and chime ................................ 1-66Locking and unlocking front door with a key .................. 1-5

Drink Holder ....................................................................... 1-84Driving

Economical driving ......................................................... 2-15Smooth cornering ........................................................... 2-16Winter driving .................................................................. 2-16

EEmission Control System ..................................................... 7-2Engine

Before starting the engine ................................................ 2-3Compartment .................................................................... 6-2Coolant .............................................................................. 6-7If the engine overheats ..................................................... 3-4Number ............................................................................. 8-3Oil ...................................................................................... 6-4Starting .............................................................................. 2-5

Engine Exhaust Can Be Dangerous! .................................. 2-2

FFog Light

Front ................................................................................ 1-82Front Seats

Adjusting seat forward and rearward ............................ 1-14Adjusting seatback angle ............................................... 1-15Headrest .......................................................................... 1-15Seat cushion height adjustment ................................... 1-17

FuelCapacity ............................................................................ 9-2Gauge .............................................................................. 1-70Recommendations ............................................................ 1-2

Fuel Filler LidRemote release .............................................................. 1-94

Fuse Panel Description ..................................................... 6-28Fuses .................................................................................. 6-16

GGeneral Checks ................................................................... 6-3Glove Box ........................................................................... 1-88

HHazard Warning System .................................................... 1-81Headlight

Replacement ................................................................... 6-22Switch .............................................................................. 1-76

10 INDEX

4

Heating and Cooling Control .......................................... 1-106Air flow control ............................................................. 1-108Air intake control switch ............................................... 1-107Defrosting/Defogging .................................................... 1-112Fan speed control (Blower control) ............................. 1-107Temperature control ..................................................... 1-110

High-Mounted Rear Stop Light ......................................... 1-92Hood Release .................................................................... 1-93Horn .................................................................................. 1-101

IIgnition Switch ...................................................................... 2-4Instrument Cluster and Indicator Lights ............................ 1-60Instrument Panel Light Control (Rheostat) ....................... 1-80Interior Light ....................................................................... 1-87

JJump Starting ....................................................................... 3-3

KKey ........................................................................................ 1-4

If you lose your keys ...................................................... 3-20Positions ............................................................................ 2-4

LLight Bulb Wattage............................................................. 6-27Light Bulbs Replacement .................................................. 6-22Lubrication Chart .................................................................. 9-4Luggage Net ...................................................................... 1-98

MMaintenance Intervals .......................................................... 5-2

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ................ 5-7Maintenance under severe usage conditions ................. 5-6Scheduled maintenance .................................................. 5-4Service requirements ........................................................ 5-2

Maintenance Precautions .................................................... 6-4Map Light ............................................................................ 1-87Mirrors

Day/Night inside rearview mirror ................................... 1-91Outside rearview ............................................................. 1-89

Multi Box ............................................................................. 1-89

OOdometer/Trip Odometer ................................................... 1-71Outside Rearview Mirror .................................................... 1-89

PParking Brake ..................................................................... 1-91Power Outlet ....................................................................... 1-83Power Steering Fluid Level ............................................... 6-21

10INDEX

5

RRear Seat

Folding rear seatbacks ................................................... 1-19Warning ........................................................................... 1-22

Rear Window Defroster Switch ......................................... 1-81Reporting Safety Defects ................................................... 8-18

SSeats ................................................................................... 1-13

Front ................................................................................ 1-14Rear ................................................................................. 1-18

Seat Belts ........................................................................... 1-223-Point system ................................................................ 1-26Adjusting your seat belt .................................................. 1-28Care of seat belts ........................................................... 1-25Pre-tensioner seat belt ................................................... 1-39Precautions ..................................................................... 1-22

Speedometer ...................................................................... 1-71Starting Procedure ............................................................... 2-5Steering Wheel Tilt Lever ................................................ 1-101Stereo Sound System ...................................................... 1-117Sun Visor ............................................................................ 1-99Sunglass Holder ................................................................ 1-88Sunroof ............................................................................... 1-84

TTachometer ......................................................................... 1-70Theft-Alarm System .............................................................. 1-8Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ........................... 3-5Tires

All season tires ............................................................... 8-10Balancing ........................................................................ 8-12Chains ............................................................................. 8-10Changing a flat tire ......................................................... 3-11Checking the inflation pressure ....................................... 8-5If you have a flat tire ....................................................... 3-11Information ........................................................................ 8-3Maintenance ................................................................... 8-13Pressure ............................................................................ 8-3Replacement ................................................................... 8-12Rotation ........................................................................... 8-11Sidewall labeling .............................................................. 8-6Snow tires ....................................................................... 8-10Spare tire ........................................................................ 3-10Terminology and definitions ............................................. 8-8Traction ........................................................................... 8-12

TowingA trailer (or vehicle) ........................................................ 2-20Emergency ...................................................................... 3-18If your vehicle must be towed ........................................ 3-16

10 INDEX

6

TransaxleAutomatic .......................................................................... 2-9Automatic transaxle fluid checking ................................ 6-11Manual .............................................................................. 2-6Manual transaxle oil checking ....................................... 6-11

Trip Computer .................................................................... 1-73Trip Odometer .................................................................... 1-73Trunk Lid/Tail Gate ............................................................. 1-96

Remote trunk lid release ................................................ 1-97

VVehicle Identification Number (VIN) .................................... 8-2Vehicle Load Limit ............................................................. 2-20Vehicle Specifications .......................................................... 9-1

WWarning and Indicator Lights ............................................ 1-64Warranties for Your Hyundai Vehicle ............................... 8-15Windows ............................................................................. 1-11

Window lock .................................................................... 1-11Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch .............................. 1-78

Adjustable Intermittent wiper operation ......................... 1-80Mist wiper operation ....................................................... 1-79Rear window wiper and washer .................................... 1-80Washer reservoir ............................................................ 6-10Windshield washer operation ........................................ 1-79

Windshield Wiper Blades .................................................... 6-9

2009 hyundai accent owners manual

Documents